NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Long Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Long Question And Answers

Question 1. Depict the bonding in the following compounds In terms of atomic orbitals involved and predict all the bond angles:

  1. CD3CH=CH2
  2. CH3OCH3

Answer:

1. The 3 carbon atoms are sp³ , sp² and sp² -hybridised respectively. Therefore the bond angles about these carbons are 109.5°, 120° and 120° respectively corresponding to tetrahedral and trigonal planar geometries.

2. The carbon and oxygen atoms are all sp³ -hybridized. So, the bond angles are nearly 109.5° corresponding to tetrahedral geometry.

Read and learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tetrahedral Geometry

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Long Questions

Question 2. Mention the number of primary (1°), secondary (2°), and tertiary (3°) hydrogen atoms in the following

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms.

Answer:

Hydrogen Atoms Given in the table:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms Answer

Question 3. How many alkyl groups can be derived from the alkane, (CH3)2 CHCH2 CH(CH3)2 and why? Write their IUPAC names.
Answer:

Since this hydrocarbon molecule contains 3 types of nonequivalent hydrogen atoms, the removal of these hydrogen atoms gives 3 different alkyl groups.

These are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Removal Of A 3H And 2H

Question 4. Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write The IUPAC Names

Answer:

  1. 3-ethyl-4-methylhept-5-en-2-one
  2. 3,3,5-trlmethylhex-1 -en-2-ol.
  3. l-bromo-4-metlvylheptan-3-on«.
  4. l-etliyl-4-methylcyclohexane.
  5. Cyclohexylcyclohexnne.
  6. 1,3-dlcyclopropylpropanc.
  7. 2-metliyl-2-cyclopropylpropnne.
  8. N -ethyl- N -methylpropan-2-nmine.
  9. 4-hydroxy-4-methylpontan-2-one.
  10. 3-methylpent-l-ene.

Question 5. Arrange the given carbocations To increase stability and explain two-order

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations In Order

Answer:

The order of increasing stability of these carbocation Is :

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Carbocations In Order

Being an aromatic one [(4 n + 2)n -electron system, where n = 1], the carbocation (I) is the most stable. The carbocation (II) is effectively resonance stabilized. So, its stability is greater than that of (ill) and (IV) (which are not resonance-stabilized) but less than that of (I).

The carbocation (III) is stabilized by +1 and the hyperconjugation effect of the methyl group and its stability is less than (II). The carbocation (IV) is destabilized by the stronger -I effect of the — CF3 group, so it is the least stable one.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Carbocations In Order

Question 6. Terf-Butyl chloride (Me3CCl) does not participate in D+ SN2 reaction—explain with reasons
Answer:.

Due to severe steric hindrance caused by three methyl groups, the backside attack on the central carbon by the nucleophile becomes completely inhibited and it is for this reason, that terf-butyl chloride does not participate in the SN2 reaction..

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques SN2 Reaction

 

Question 7. Write the resonance structures of CH2=CH —CHO and compare their stabilities.
Answer:

The compound is a resonance hybrid of three structures:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Hybrid 3 Structures

The stability order of these structures is I > II > III.

The uncharged structure (I) is the most stable one. The charged structure (II) is moderately stable because the more electronegative oxygen atom bears the negative charge and the less electronegative carbon atom bears the positive charge.

Also, the octet of carbon is not filled up. The charged structure (III) is the least stable because the more electronegative O-atom bears the positive charge and the less electronegative C-atom bears the negative charge. Also, the octet of the O-atom is not filled up

Question 8. Which is more stable and why: (CH3)3C, (CD3)3C
Answer:

Since D is more electron-releasing than H, — CD3 is more electron-releasing than — CH3. So, (CD3)3C+ is expected to be more stable than (CH3)3C+. But actually, this is true and this can be explained in terms of hyperconjugation. Since the C—H bond is weaker than the C— D bond the hyperconjugative stability of (CH3)3C+ is greater than that of (CD3)3C+

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Less Or More Effective

Question 9.

  1. How many stereoisomers of formula, CH3 would be possible if methane was a pyramid with a rectangular base? Draw them.
  2. How many stereoisomers of formula, CH2YZ would be possible if methane was a pyramid with a square base? Draw them.
  3. What is the relationship (diastereoisomers, enantiomers, conformational isomers, homomers i.e., identical structures or constitutional isomers) between the members of given pairs of structures?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write The IUPAC Names

Answer:

1. Two stereoisomers Mirror (enantiomers) are Q possible if methane H / was a pyramid with a rectangular base.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stereoisomers

2. Three stereoisomers (1, 2, and 3) are possible if methane is a pyramid with a square base. (1 and 2) are enantiomers. (1 and 3) and (2 and 3) are two pairs of diastereoisomers.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Diastereoisomers

3.

  1. . Diastereoisomers
  2. Homomers
  3. Geo¬ metrical isomers
  4. Constitutional isomers
  5. Conformational isomers
  6. Enantiomers.

Question 10. Although Quorine is more electronegative than iQfi chlorine, fluorobenzene has a lower dipole moment (p = 1.63D ) than chlorobenzene (μ = 1.75D ).
Ans.

Both fluorine in fluorobenzene and chlorine in structure) chlorobenzene withdraws electrons from the ring by the -I effect and donates electrons to the ring by the + R effect. Because of the smaller size of fluorine, the +R effect involving orbitals of similar sizes (2p of both F and C) is much stronger. So, the moment due to the stronger -I effect of fluorine is considerably neutralized by the moment due to the +R effect.

Hence, fluorobenzene possesses a net dipole moment which is relatively low (1.63D). On the other hand, because of the larger size of chlorine, the + R effect involving orbitals of dissimilar sizes (3p of Cl and 2p of C) is much weaker than the -I effect which is somewhat lower due to lower electronegativity of chlorine. So, the moment due to the +R effect is much smaller than the moment due to the -I effect. Hence, chlorobenzene possesses a relatively high net dipole moment (1.75D

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Chlorobenzene

Question 11. The negatively charged carbon atom in the structure

  1. Is sp² -hybridized while the negatively charged carbon atom in
  2. Is sp³ -hybridised —Explain.

Answer:

The negatively charged carbon atom of a resonance-stabilized carbanion is sp² -hybridized. The carbanion (I) is resonance stabilized. So the negative carbon atom Is sp².
hybridized

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sp2 And Sp3 Hybridised

On the other hand, the carbanion (2) Is not resonance stabilized because a double bond cannot be formed at the bridgehead position of small bicycle systems (Hrodt’s rule). Hence, the negatively charged carbon of the carbanion (II) is sp³ -hybridized.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sp3 Hybridised

Question 12. Mention the state of hybridization of the starred (*) carbon atoms in each of the following compounds.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hybridisation Of The Starred

Answer:

  1. sp²
  2. sp
  3. sp²
  4. sp
  5. sp
  6. sp³

Question 13. How many σ and π -bonds are present in each of the following molecules?

1. CH3-C≡-CH= CH2

2. CH2=CH-CH=C=CHCH3 

3. 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sigma And Pie Bonds Presents

Answer:

  1. σ -bonds =10, π -bonds =3
  2. σ -bonds = 13 , π -bonds = 3
  3. σ -bonds =10, π -bonds = 3

Question 14.  Which atoms in each of the following molecules remain in the same plane and why?

  1.  CH3CH= CH3
  2.  C6H5C≡ CCH3
  3. CH3CH=C=C=CHCH3
  4. CH3COCH2CH3

Answer:

sp²-carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in one plane.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In 1 Plane

sp² -carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in one plane. Also, sp carbon atoms & the atoms attached to them lie not only in one plane but also in one line.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie Not In One Plane

Lie in one plane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In 1 Plane.

Lie in one plane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In 1 Plane..

 

Question 15. Mention the number of primary (1°), secondary (2°), tertiary (3°), and quaternary (4°) C -atoms present in the given molecules: °
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Number Molecues

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Molecule Atoms

Question 16. Write down the IUPAC name of a hydrocarbon having a 4° C-atom with molecular formula, C6H14. How many monochrome derivatives of this hydrocarbon are possible? Write their structures
Answer:

The hydrocarbon corresponding to the molecular formula C6H14 and containing one tertiary carbon atom is CH3C(CH3)2CH2CH3 (C-2 is a quaternary carbon atom). Its IUPAC name is 2,2-dimethylbutane.

Since the alkane contains three types of non-equivalent hydrogen atoms, three monobromo derivatives of the alkane are possible. These are: (CH3)3CCHBrCH3 and (CH3)3CCH2CH2Br

Question 17. Racemic tartaric acid and meso-tartaric add are both optically inactive—why?
Answer:

Racemic tartaric add is an equimolar mixture of (+) and (-)-tartaric adds. In racemic tartaric add, therefore, the rotatory power of the (+) enantiomer is neutralized by the rotatory power of the (-) enantiomer (external compensation) and for this reason, the racemic tartaric add is optically inactive.

On the other hand, the meso-tartaric ad is optically inactive because it has a plane of symmetry and is superimposable on its mirror image. In fact, in this case, the optical rotation of one half of the molecule is exactly canceled by the optical rotation of the other half (internal compensation).

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Long Q&A

Question 18. How many isomers of butene are possible? What type 1 of isomerism do they exhibit?
Ans.

Three structural isomers of butene are possible: CH3CH2CH=CH2 (But-l-ene), CH3CH=CHCH3 (But-2- ene), and (CH3)2C=CH2 (2-methylpropene). Again, but-2- ene exists as two geometrical isomers (diastereoisomers):

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 Isomers Diastereoisomers

Hence, there are in total 4 isomers of butene: but-1-ene,  cis but-2-ene, irans-but-2-ene, 2-methylpropene

Question 19. Give examples of

  1. An optically inactive compound containing an asymmetric carbon atom
  2. An optically active compound containing no asymmetric carbon.

Answer:

1. Meso-tartaric acid containing two asymmetric carbon atoms is optically inactive because it has a plane of symmetry, l.e., tire molecule is superimposable on its mirror Image NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 Tartaric Acid

2. Penta-2,3-diene (an abC=C=Cab type of allene) is optically active because it is not superimposable on its mirror image.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Penta Diene

Question 20. Name a compound having two similar asymmetric carbon atoms and give its structure. What type of isomerism does it exhibit? Draw Fischer projection formulas of these isomers and comment on their optical activity. How are they related to each other?
Answer:

Tartaric acid has two similar asymmetric carbon atoms (HOOC — *CHOH —*CHOH —COOH). The compound exhibits optical isomerism.

Fisher projection formulas of its isomers are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Fisher Projection Formula

The relations among the isomers are as follows: I and II are enantiomers; I and III are diastereoisomers and II and III are diastereoisomers

Question 21.

  1. Give the structure and IUPAC name of an optically active alkane having the lowest molecular mass. Is there another alkane of the same molecular mass also optically active?
  2. Give an example of a compound that exhibits both optical & geometrical isomerism.

Answer:

Such a compound must contain an asymmetric carbon atom which will remain attached to an H-atom and three different alkyl groups (smaller size).

So, the optically active alkane having the lowest molecular mass’ is, 3-methylhexane [CH3CH*CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3 ]. Another optically active alkane with the same molecular mass is 2,3-dimethyl pentane [CH3*CH2CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2] which is a chain isomer of the first one.

Pent-3-en-2-oI [CH3*CH(OH)CH=CHCH3] exhibits both geometrical and optical isomerism because the compound contains an asymmetric carbon atom and each of the doubly bonded carbon atoms is attached to two different groups.

Question 22. The following two isomers may be called diastereoisomers but not enantiomers —why? Explain why these are optically inactive.

Answer:

The given pair of isomers have the same structure but different configurations. They are neither superimposable nor bear mirror-image relationships with each other. So they are related to each other as a pair of diastereoisomers and not as enantiomers. Each of these two isomers has a plane of symmetry, i.e., each is superimposable on its mirror image, so these are optically inactive.

Question 23. p nitrophenol is more acidic than phenol.
Answer:

In p-nitrophenol, the electron-attracting — NO2 group by its stronger -R effect and relatively weaker -I effect makes the oxygen atom relatively more positively polarised compared to the oxygen atom of phenol. As a result, the O — H bond in nitrophenol dissociates more easily to give H+ ions. For this reason, p-nitrophenol is more acidic than phenol.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Charge Density
Answer:

In p-nitrosamine, the electron-attracting — NO2 group by its stronger -R effect and relatively weaker -I effect makes the nitrogen atom of the — NH2 group relatively more positive compared to the nitrogen atom of aniline. As a result, the availability of the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen atoms in p-nitroaniline is highly reduced as compared to the unshared electron pair on nitrogen in aniline. For this reason, p-nitroaniline behaves as a weaker base compared to aniline.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitroaniline

Question 24. The dipole moment of vinyl chloride CH2=CHCI) is less than the dipole moment of ethyl chloride (CH3CH2Cl) —explain.
Answer:

In vinyl chloride, the moment caused by the -I effect of Cl-atom (μσ) is partially neutralized by the moment caused by its +R effect (pn). As a result, the value of the net moment of vinyl chloride decreases and it is lower than that of ethyl chloride in which only the stronger -I effect of chlorine operates.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Chlorine Operates

Question 25. Arrange the following ions in order of increasing basicity and explain the order

  1. CH3 CH
  2. CH ≡C
  3. CH2 =CH

Answer:

The order  of increasing basicity of the given ions is:

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH} \equiv \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}(\mathrm{II})<\mathrm{CH}_2=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{III})<\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{I})\)

C -atoms bearing the negative charge in carbanions (1), (2) & (3) are sp³, sp, and sp² -hybridized respectively. Percentages of s -the character of these three hybrid orbitals are 25%, 50%, and 33% respectively.

As the s -the character of hybrid orbital increases, C -atoms bearing the negative charge in carbanions (1), (2) & (3) are sp³, sp, and sp² -hybridized respectively. Percentages of s -the character of these three hybrid orbitals are 25%, 50%, and 33% respectively. As the s -s-character of hybrid orbital increases,

Question 26. Give example:

  1. A non-nucleophilic anion
  2. A planar carbocation
  3. An aromatic carbocation
  4. An aromatic carbanion
  5. A reagent which acts as a source of carbanion
  6. A reaction that does not proceed through intermediate
  7. An aprotic polar solvent
  8. An ambident nucleophile
  9. A neutral electrophile
  10. A group that stabilizes a carbocation
  11. A group that stabilizes a carbanion
  12. An alkyl group which does not supply electrons to a double bond by hyperconjugation
  13. A carbocation that can be stored for years.

Answer:

1. BF4

2. Benzyl cation

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Benzyl Cation

3. Cyclopropenvl cation

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cyclopropenyl

4. Cyclopentadienyl anion

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Anion

5. Grignard reagents \(\left(\mathrm{R}^{\delta-}-\mathrm{M}^{\delta+} \mathrm{gX}\right)\)

6. SN2 reaction

7. Dimethyl formamide [DMP, Me2NCHO]

8. CN \((: \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \equiv \mathrm{N}: \longleftrightarrow: C=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{N}}:)\)

[Nucleophiles having two or more available sites for nucleophilic attack are called ambident nucleophiles)

9. Dichlorocarbene (: CCl2)

10. \(-\ddot{O}:\mathrm{CH}_3\)

11. —NO2

12. —C(CH3)3

13. Triphenylmethylfluoroborate Ph3+CBF4

Question 27. Explain the given basicity order in aqueous medium: )2NH(2°) > CH3NH2(1°) > (CH3)3N(3°)
Answer:

The basic strength of amines in the aqueous medium depends on two factors:

Increased electron density on the N-atom makes an amine more basic.

So considering the +1 effect of different numbers of alkyl groups on the N -atom, the basic strength of amines should follow the order:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Basicity Order

Again, the basicity of an amine increases as stabilization of the conjugate acid, through solvation, increases. The conjugate acid of primary amine attains maximum stability through intermolecular H -bond formation with three molecules of water, while the conjugate base of tertiary amine attains minimum stabilization through such H-bond formation with only one molecule of water.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Formation

Thus based on the stability of the conjugate acids, the basic strength of amines should follow the order: CH3—NH2 > (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N As a consequence of these two opposite orders of basicity practically we find the given sequence of basicity in aqueous medium: (CH2)2NH(2°) > CH3NH2(1°) > (CH3)3N(3°)

Question 28. Which of the two: 2NCH2CH2O or CH3CH2O is expected to be more stable and why?
Answer:

O3 NCH2CH3O is expected to be more stable than CH3CH2O. —NO2 group by strong-I effect disperses the negative charge on O-atom in ion and stabilizes it. On the other hand, the CH3CH2— group by its +1 effect tends to intensify the negative charge on the oxygen atom and hence destabilizes it.

Question 29. CH3Cl undergoes hydrolysis more easily than C6H5Cl. Explain.
Answer:

Unshared electron-pair on chlorine atom in chloro-benzene becomes involved in resonance interaction with the n -electrons of a benzene ring. As a result, the C — Cl bond assumes some double bond character. Thus, the C — Cl bond becomes much stronger and so the displacement of chlorine atom from the ring becomes difficult, i.e., the compound does not undergo hydrolysis easily.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Pair Of Chlorine

On the other hand, the C —Cl bend in CH3— Cl gets no opportunity to assume a double bond character. So r undergoes hydrolysis readily under ordinary conditions.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ordinary Conditions

Question 30. Benzyl chloride participates in SN1 action even though it is a primary (1°) substrate. Explain.
Answer:

Carbocation produced from benzyl chloride in the first step (rate-determining step) of the SN1 reaction is stabilized by resonance. Thus, benzyl chloride participates in the SN1 reaction even though it is a primary (1 °) alkyl halide.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Benzyl Chloride

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Long Questions

Question 31. The Bond Dissociation enthalpy of the C6H5CH2 – H bond is much less than the CH2-H bond Explain
Answer:

Benzyl radical (C6H55CH2) produced by homolytic cleavage of the Csp3 —H bond of toluene is considerably stabilized by resonance. But, the stability of methyl radical (CH3, obtained by homolytic fission of the C—H bond of methane Is not stabilized by any factor and in fact, it is very much unstable. Thus, the C—H bond dissociation enthalpy of toluene is much less than the C —H bond dissociation enthalpy of methane. ,

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Benzyl Radical

Question 32. N, N, 2,6-Tetramethylaniline is more basic than N- dimethylaniline. Explain.
Answer:

Because of steric interaction involving two ortho-methyl groups and two methyl groups attached to nitrogen, the unshared electron-pair on N is not involved in resonance interaction with n -electrons (steric inhibition of resonance) o: ring. To avoid steric strain, the — NMe2 group rotates about the C — N bond axis and thereby loses coplanarity with the ring. As a result, nitrogen can easily donate its unshared electron pair to a proton.

On the other hand, no such steric inhibition occurs in N- dimethylaniline because the two ortho H-atoms are relatively much smaller in size. The unshared electron-pair on N-atom becomes involved in resonance interaction with the ring and therefore, is not fully available for taking up a proton. This explains why N, N,2, O-tetramethylaniline is more basic than N, N -dimethylaniline.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dimethylaniline

Question 33. Chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform. Explain.
Answer:

CF the conjugate base of fluoroform (CHF), is stabilized by the -I effect of 3 F-atoms. But CCl3, the conjugate base of chloroform (CHCl), is relatively more stabilized by the somewhat weaker -I effect of 3 Cl-atoms along with rf-orbital resonance (Cl has vacant rf-orbital). So chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Fluoroform

Question 34. How can you separate benzoic acid and nitrobenzene from their mixture by the technique of extraction using an appropriate chemical reagent?
Answer:

The mixture is shaken with a dilute sodium bicarbonate solution when benzoic acid gets converted to sodium benzoate and dissolves in water leaving nitrobenzene behind. The mixture is extracted with ether or chloroform when nitrobenzene goes into the organic layer. After separating the organic layer, it is distilled to get nitrobenzene. The aqueous layer is acidified with dilute HC1 when benzoic acid gets precipitated. It is obtained by filtration.

C6H5COOH + NaHCO3→C6H5COONa(Sodium benzoate (Soluble)) + CO2 + H2O

Question 35.

  1. Which atoms in a toluene molecule always remain in the same plane and why?
  2. Which atoms in a propyne molecule remain in a straight line and why?

Answer:

1. An sp² is a hybridized carbon atom and the atoms directly attached to it always remain in the same plane. Therefore, in toluene ), all the atoms except 3 H-atoms of the methyl group {i.e., seven C – and five H -atoms) remain in the same plane.

2. An sp -sp-hybridized carbon atom and the atoms directly attached to it remain in a straight line. Therefore, in the propyne molecule (CH3—C = CH), all the atoms except the 3 hydrogen atoms of the methyl group remain in the same straight line.

Question 36. Write the state of hybridization of C -atoms in the following compounds and predict the shape of each of the molecules :

  1. H2C=O
  2. CH2Cl
  3. HC = N
  4. CH2=C=CH2
  5. CH2=C=C=CH2

Answer:

  1. sp² -hybridised C-atom, trigonal planar;
  2. sp² hybridized C-atom, tetrahedral;
  3. sp -hybridized C-atom, linear;
  4. sp², sp and sp² -hybridized C -atoms respectively, elongated tetrahedron;
  5. sp², sp , sp and sp² -hybridised C atom respectively, planar

Question 37.

1. Expand each of the following condensed formulas into their complete structural formulas:

  1. HOCH2CH2NH2
  2. CH3CH=CHCOCH3
  3. CH3C ≡ CCH2COOH

2. Write bond-line formulas of the following two compounds

  1. CH3CH2CH2CH2CHBrCH2CHO
  2. (C2H5)2CHCH2OH

Answer:

1. Condensed Formulas:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas

2. Bond Line Formulas:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas.

Question 38.

1. Expand each of the following bond-line formulas to show all the atoms including C and H.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas C And H

2. How many  σ and π -bonds are present in

  1. CH2=CH—CN and
  2. CH2=C=CHCH3

Answer:

1. Bond-line formulas:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formulas C And H.

2. σ and π -bonds:

1. σ C -H = 3: σ C -C = 2: π C= C = 1: σ C – N = 1

π C= N= 2 i.e., total σ -bond = 6 and total  π -bond = 3

2.  1. σ C -H = 6: σ C -C = 3: π C= C = 2:

i.e total σ – bond = 9 and total π – bond = 2

Question 39. Which of the given compounds may exist as two or more isomeric forms? Give the structures and names of the possible isomers.

  1. CHBr3
  2. C2H2Cl4
  3. C3H8
  4. C2H5F
  5. C2H4Br2
  6. C6H4Cl2

Answer:

1. No isomer is possible

2. Two isomers are possible : ClCH2CCl3 (1,1,1,2-tetrachloroethane), Cl2CHCHCl2 (1, 2,2-tetrachloroethane)

3. No isomer is possible

4. No isomer is possible;

5. Two isomers are possible : BrCH2CH2Br (1, 2- dibromoethane), CH3CHBr2 (1,1-dibromoethane)

6. Three isomers are possible:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dichloro Benzene

Question 40. Write the structures and IUPAC names of the H—C—C=C-C—C-OH compounds with the molecular formula, C4H8O2. H (in) H
Answer:

The molecular formula, C4H8O2conforms to the general formula of monocarboxylic acids and esters. Therefore the following structures of monocarboxylic acids and esters can be written with the given formula.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Esters

Question 41. Write the structures and IUPAC names of the compounds with molecular formula, C4H10.
Answer:

The molecular formula, C4H10 conforms to the general formula of monohydric alcohols and ethers. Therefore, the structures of the following monohydric alcohols and ethers can be written with the given molecular formula.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alcohols And Ethers

Question 42. Which of the following compounds will exhibit tautomerism and which do not? Give reasons.

  1. CH3COCH3
  2. C6H5COC6H5
  3.  C6H5COCH3
  4. C6H5CHO
  5. Me3CCOCMe3

Answer:

Tautomerism is possible for those carbonyl compounds which contain at least one α-H atom (the H-atom attached to a carbon atom adjacent to the C= O group) Therefore, compounds 1  and 3 containing a-H atom exhibit tautomerism while compounds 2, 4, and 5 containing no α -H atom do not exhibit tautomerism

Question 43. Designate the following pairs as metamers, chain isomers, position isomers, functional isomers, and stereoisomers. Also, indicate which are not isomers at all
Answer:

1. (CH3)2CHC(CH3)3, (CH3)4C

2.  CH3CH2CH2OH, CH3OCH2CH3 CH3

3.
NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomers 3

4. (CH3)CHCOCH3, (CH3)2CHCH2CHO COOH

5. CH3OCH2CH2CH3, CH3CH2OCH2CH3

6.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomer 6

Answer:

  1. The molecular formulas of these two compounds are not identical. Thus, these two are not isomers.
  2. Functional isomers
  3. Position isomers
  4. Functional isomers
  5. Metamers
  6. Stereoisomers (geometrical isomers)

Question 44. Which of the following compounds will exhibit geometrical isomerism and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometrical Isomerism

Answer:

  1. One of the doubly bonded carbon atoms is attached to two identical atoms (Cl). Therefore, the compound will not exhibit geometrical isomerism.
  2. Each doubly bonded C-atom is attached to two different groups (C-2 is attached to CH3 and H, while C-3 is attached to Cl and C2H5 ). So, it will exhibit geometrical isomerism.
  3. The compound will not exhibit geometrical isomerism because each of the two terminal doubly bonded carbon is attached to two identical atoms (H).
  4. The compound will exhibit geometrical isomerism because each of the two ring carbons is attached to two different groups (H and CH3).
  5. The compound will exhibit geometrical isomerism because each of the two ring carbons is attached to two different groups (H and CH3 ).
  6. The compound will not exhibit geometrical isomerism because one of the two doubly bonded carbon atoms is attached to two identical groups (ring moiety.

Question 45. Which of the following compounds are optically active and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Compounds Optically Active

Answer:

  1. The compound contains one asymmetric C-atom (CH3CHBrCH2CH3). So, it is not superimposable on its mirror image and hence, it is optically active.
  2. The molecule has a plane of symmetry and it is superimposable on its mirror image. Therefore, it is optically inactive.
  3. The molecule is not superimposable on its mirror image. So, it is optically active.
  4. The molecule is not superimposable on its mirror image. So, it is optically active.
  5. This planar compound is superimposable on Its mirror image. So, it is optically inactive.

Question 46. Which type of stereoisomerism is exhibited by the compound, CH3CH=CH —CH=CHC2H5? How many stereoisomers are possible? Draw the structures and designate them as E/Z.
Answer:

The compound exhibits geometrical isomerism because the groups attached to each of the terminal doubly bonded carbon atoms are different. The number of geometrical isomers = 2n (n = number of double bonds) =2² = 4. These are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Terminal Doubly Bonded

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Long Questions

Question 47. Name a compound having; two dissimilar asymmetric carbon atoms and write Its structure. What type of isomerism does It exhibit? Draw Fischer projection formulas of the Isomers and comment on their optical activity. How are (lie Isomers related to each other? m Explain the orders of acidity of carboxylic acids:
Answer:

Compound containing two dissimilar asymmetric carbon atoms  \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{*}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HOH} \stackrel{*}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HBr} \mathrm{CH}_3\right)\).

The compound may have 2n(n = no. of dissimilar asymmetric carbon atom)22 = 4 possible stereoisomers. Projection formulas of these Isomers are as follows

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Active

The relations among the isomers are as follows: (1, 2) and (3, 4) are two pair of enantiomers whereas (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), and (2, 4) are four pairs of diastereomer.

Question 48. Arrange cis-but-2-ene, trans-but-2-ene, and but-I-ene H3C in increasing order of their stability and give reason.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkanes

But-2 -ene (CH3CH=CHCH3) contains sixa-H atoms while but-l-ene (CH3CH2CH=CH2) contains only two o-H -atoms capable of participating in hyperconjugation. Therefore, because of more effective hyperconjugation, but-2- ene is thermodynamically more stable than but-l-ene.

Again, due to steric interaction between two methyl groups on the same side of the double bond in cis-but-2-ene, it is relatively less stable than the trans-isomer in which no such steric interaction operates between the methyl groups situated on the opposite sides of the double bond.

Question 49. CH3Cl is unreactive towards SN1 reaction—why?
Answer:

The stability of the carbocation obtained in the first step (rate¬determining step) of an SN1 reaction determines whether the reaction will take place or not. Since methyl cation [+ CH3 ] is a very unstable one, methyl chloride is unreactive toward the SN1 reaction

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Methyl Chloride

Question 50. Explain the orders of acidity of carboxylic acids

  1. Cl3CCOOH > Cl2CHCOOH > ClCH2COOH
  2. CH3CI2COOH>(CH3)2CHCOOH >(CH3)3CCOOH

Answer:

1. -I effect explains this order of acid strength. As the number of halogen atoms on the a -carbon decreases, the overall -I effect decreases and as a consequence, the acid strength decreases

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Least Acidic Question

2. + 1 effect explains the given order of acid strength. As the number of methyl groups attached to the a -carbon atom increases, the overall +1 effect increases, and consequently, the acid strength decreases

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Least Acidic

Question 51. Explain why an organic liquid vaporizes below its boiling point when it undergoes steam distillation.
Answer:

In steam distillation, the sum of the vapor pressures of water and organic liquid becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure. This means that both of them distill at a pressure much lower than the atmospheric pressure, i.e., both of them will vapourize at a temperature that is less than their normal boiling points.

Question 52. 

1. Write the state of hybridization of C -atoms mentioned In each of the following compounds:

  1. C-4 of Pcnt-l-cn-4-one
  2. C-l of I’ropanoic acid
  3. C-3 of Penta-2,3-diet,
  4. C-3 of Pcntan-3-one and
  5. C. -3 of 3,3-dietliylpcntane

2. Which atoms of each of the following molecules/ions always remain in the same plane?

1. CH3CH = CHCH3

2. C6H5C ≡ C—CN

3. C6H5CH3

4. CH2=C=C=CH2

5. CH3COCH3

6. CH3CONH2

7. Cl3 C —CH=CH—CH2

8. (CD3)3C+

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Same Plane 9

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Same Plane 10

11. –CH2COCH2CH3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Same Plane 12

13. (CH3)2+CH — NH2

Answer:

1. If four valencies of carbon atoms are satisfied by four single bonds, then it is sp³ -hybridized. Iffour valencies are satisfied. By one double bond and two single bonds, then it is sp² -hybridized. Iffour valencies are satisfied by one triple bond and one single bond or by two double bonds, then it is sp -hybridized.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Valencies Of Carbon

2. An sp² -hybridized C -atom and the atoms directly attached to it remain in the same plane. Again, an sp -sp-hybridized C atom along with die atoms with which it is directly attached remain in a straight line. Therefore, in a molecule containing bond sp² -and sp -hybridized carbons, all the atoms remain in the same plane (except 1, 2-dienes).

A negatively charged C -atom (or a heteroatom containing lone pairs of electrons such as N, O, etc.) adjacent to a double bond is sp² – hybridized, and tire atoms attached to that carbon or heteroatom remain in the plane of the system containing the double bond.

Therefore, the atoms in the given molecules/ions that remain in the same plane are as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Molecules And Ions

The boiling point of its pure organic liquid is 70°C. There are two samples of tills liquid having boiling ranges:

  1. 76-78°C and
  2. 69-78°C respectively.

Question 53. 

  1. The electronic configuration of C-atom is: ls²2s²2p², yet its valency is four —why?
  2. The four C —H bonds of methane molecule are equivalent — explain with reasons.

Answer:

During a chemical reaction, the carbon atoms gain energy and promote one of the two electrons of the 2s -orbital to the higher 2pz -orbital. Thus in the excited state, the electronic configuration of carbon becomes  ls²2s¹2p¹x2p¹y2p¹z.

At this condition, the valence shell of the C-atom contains four unpaired electrons. Thus, the C -atom can form four covalent bonds using four unpaired electrons. This explains why carbon having electronic configuration, ls²2s²2p² is tetravalent.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Configuration Of Tetravalent

The equivalency of four C—H bonds in methane (CH4) be explained by the concept of hybridization of orbitals. In the excited state, the four valence orbitals of carbon, i.e., one 2s and three 2p orbitals possessing slightly different energies mix up and result in the formation of four equivalent sp3 -hybrid orbitals. These hybrid orbitals overlap with the four Is -orbitals of four H -atoms to form four C—H bonds which are also equivalent (same bond length and bond strength)

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Configuration Of Tetravalent

Question 54. 

1. Arrange sp, sp² & sp³ -orbitals in increasing order of:

  1. Bond length
  2. Bond angle
  3. Bond energy
  4. Size of orbitals and
  5. S -character.

2. Organic compounds are usually water-insoluble. Why?

3. Write the structure of the smallest hydrocarbon having the empirical formula C2H. What is the shape of the molecule?

4. Draw the p -p-orbitals involved in forming n -n-bonds in the molecule, CH2=C =CH2, and predict whether the molecule is planar or not.
Answer:

1.

  1. sp—sp<sp²—sp²<sp³—sp³
  2. sp³ < sp² < sp
  3. sp³—sp³ < sp²—sp² < sp—sp
  4. sp < sp² < sp³
  5. sp³ < sp² < sp

2. Organic compounds are covalent. Thus they do not get ionised. Moreover, they are usually less polar or non-polar compounds and hence do not dissolve in highly polar solvents, or water.

3. The compound is (C2H)2 or C4H2 and its structure is HC = C —C = CH. The shape of the molecule is linear because all the C -atoms are sp -hybridized.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Molecule Is Non Planar

The molecule is non-planar because the two planes containing one C-atom and two H-atoms are perpendicular to each other

Question 55. Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

1. CH3CHClCHBrCH3

2. CH3CHFCOCH2CH3

3.  (CH3)2CHCH2OH

4. CH3COOCH(CH3)2

5. CH3CHBrCH(CH3)COOII

6. CH3CHOHCH2CHO

7.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Compound 7 Option

8.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Compounds 8 Option

9. HC ≡ CCH(CH3)CH=CH2

10. CH3OCH(CH3)CH2CH3

11. CH3CHClCH2CONH2

12. BrCH2CBr2(CH2)3CHCl2

13.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Compounds 13 Option

14. CH3COCH2COCH3

Answer:

  1. 2-bromo-3-chlorobutane
  2. 2-fluoropentan-3-one
  3. 2-methyldopa-l-ol
  4. Isopropyl ethanoate
  5. 3-bromo-2-methyl butanoic acid
  6. 3-hydroxy butanal
  7. 2,3,5-trimethyl-4-propylheptane (the chain containing a maximum number of substituents is considered as the principal chain).
  8. 3-ethyl-2, 4, 5-trimethyl heptane
  9. 3-methyl pent-l-en-4-one
  10. 2-methoxyflurane
  11. 3-chloro-butanamide
  12. 5,5,6-tribromo-l,l-dichlorohexane
  13. 5-sec-butyl-4-isopropyl decane or 4-(l-methyl ethyl)-5-  (1-methyl propyl) decane
  14. Pentane-2,4-dione

Question 56. Write structures of the following: 

  1. Hept-5-en-1-one
  2. 1-bromo-2-ethoxyethane
  3. 3-chloropropanoyl bromide
  4. 1-chloroprocaine-2-amine
  5. 4-iodo-3- nitro butanal
  6. 3-phenyl prop-2-enoic acid
  7. Ethanoic methanoic anhydride
  8. 2-carbomoylpropanoic acid
  9. Pentane-2,4-dione
  10. 5-formyl-3-oxo pentanoic acid
  11. Ferf-butyl alcohol
  12. But-2-ene-1,4-dioic acid
  13. Trimethylacetic acid
  14. Diethylbutane-1,4-dioate
  15. 3-(carboxymethyl) pentanoic acid
  16. 1,3-dimethyl cyclo hex-l-ene

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Structures Following

Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Long Question and Answers

 Question 57. Draw resonance structures of the following compounds.

  1. C6H5NO2
  2. CH3CH=CHCHO
  3. C6H5CHO
  4. C6H5CH2
  5. CH3CH=CHCH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reasoning Structures

Question 58. 

  1.  A mixture of ether and water can be separated by simple distillation.
  2. Water present in rectified spirit can be removed by azeotropic distillation.
  3. Benzoic add can be extracted from its aqueous solution using benzene.
  4. Sugar containing NaCl as an impurity can be purified by crystallization using ethanol but not water.

Answer:

  1. There is a considerable difference between the boiling points of ether and water Hence, at the boiling point of more volatile ether, the vapors almost exclusively consist of ether and at the boiling point of less volatile water, the vapors almost entirely consist of water Thus, these can be separated by simple distillation.
  2. A mixture of water and rectified spirit forms an azeotropic mixture, i.e., the constituents of this mixture cannot be separated into their components by fractional distillation. So, azeotropic distillation is required to remove the water-rectified spirit.
  3. Benzene is immiscible ’with water but benzoic add is highly soluble in benzene, Hence, benzoic add can be extracted from its aqueous solution using benzene.
  4. Sugar is soluble in hot ethanol whereas common salt remains insoluble. Thus, impure sugar can be purified by crystallization. However, purification is not possible using water as a solvent because both components become readily soluble in water

Question 59. In the Lassa goe’s test, NH2OH.HCl responds to the test for the element chlorine but not for the element nitrogen, explain
Answer:

As there is no carbon (C) atom in NH2OH.HCl, NaCN is not produced in the first step by the reaction between sodium (Na) and C.

Hence, the formation of sodium ferrocyanide and ferric ferrocyanide (Prussian blue) in the subsequent step does not take place. Therefore NH2OH HCl does not respond to Lassaigne’s test for nitrogen.

But chlorine (Cl) present in NH2OH-HCl combines with Na metal to form soluble NaCl which reacts with AgNO3 in the subsequent step to produce a white precipitate of AgCl which is soluble in ammonium hydroxide

Na + Cl → NaCl ; NaCl + AgNO3→AgCl ↓(white) + NaNO3

AgCl + 2NH4OH → [Ag(NH3)2]Cl (water soluble) + 2H2O

Question 60. What are the hybridization states of each C- atom in the compounds:

  1. CH2=C= O
  2. CH3CH=CH2
  3. (CH3)2CO
  4. CH2=CHCN
  5. C6H6

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hybridization States

Question 61. Indicate the σ and π bonds in the following Heptan-4-one molecules:

  1. C6H6
  2. C6H12
  3. CH2CI2,
  4. CH2=C=CH2
  5. CH3NO2
  6. HCONHCH3

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sigma And Pie Bonds

Question 62. Write bond-line formulas for:

  1. Isopropyl alcohol,
  2. 2,3-dimethyl butanal
  3. Heptan-4-one

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Formula

Question 63.  Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Given The IUPAC Compounds

Answer:

  1. Propylbenzene
  2. 3-methylpentanenitrile,
  3. 2,5-dimethyl heptane
  4. 3-bromo:3-chloroheptane,
  5. 3-chloro-propanal
  6. 2,2-dichloroethanol.

Question 64. Which of the following represents the correct IUPAC CHO name for the compounds concerned?

  1. 2,2-dimetliyIpentane or 2-dimethyl pentane
  2. 2,4,7-trimethylolethane or 2,5,7-trimethylolethane
  3. 2-chloro-4-methyl pentane or 4-chloro-2-methyl pentane
  4. But-3-yne-l-ol or But-4-ol-l-yne.

Answer:

  1. 2,2-dimethyl pentane (two alkyl groups are on the same carbon and hence the locant is repeated twice).
  2. 2,4,7-trimethyloctane (since 2,4,7 locant set is lower than the set 2,5,7).
  3. 2-chloro-4-methylpentane (alphabetical order of substituents is maintained).
  4. But-3-one-l-ol (using lower locant for the principal functional group)

Question 65. Draw formulas for the first 5 members of each homologous series beginning with the given compounds:

  1. HCOOH
  2. CH3COCH3
  3. H-CH=CH2

Answer:

1. HCOOH , CH3COOH, CH3CH2COOH,CH3CH2CH2COOH,CH3CH2CH2CH2COOH

2. CH3COCH3 , CH3COCH2CH3, CH3COCH2CH2CH3 ,CH3CH2COCH2CH3, CH3COCH2CH2CH2CH3

3. CH=CH2 , CH3CH=CH2 , CH3CH2CH=CH2 , CH3CH2CH2CH=CH2, CH3CH2CH2CH2CH=CH2

Question 66. Give condensed and bond line structural formulas i and identify the functional group(s) present, if any, I for:

  1. 2,2,4-trimethylpentane
  2. 2-hydroxyl, 2,3-propane tricarboxylic acid
  3. Hexanediol

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Condensed Formula

Question 67. Identify the functional groups in given compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Functional Groups

Answer:

1.  —OH (phenolic hydroxyl), —CHO (aldehyde), — OMe (methoxy).

2. — NH2 [1° amino (aromatic)], —CO2—CH2— (ester), -N(C2H5)2 (3° amino)

3.  —CH=CH— (ethylenic double bond), — NO2 (nitro)

Long Answer Questions Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 68. 0.4 g of an organic compound containing N was Kjeldahlised and NH3 obtained was passed into 50 mL (N/2) H2SO4 solution. The volume of the acid solution was increased to 150 mL by adding distilled water. 20 mL of this acid solution required 31 mL (N2O) NaOH for complete neutralization. Calculate the percentage of N.
Answer:

20 mL of (partially neutralized) diluted acid solution

= 31mL \(\frac{1}{20}\) NaOH solution.

= 15.5

Strength of(partially neutralized) diluted acid solution

= \(31 \times \frac{1}{20} \times \frac{1}{20}(\mathrm{~N})=\frac{31}{400}(\mathrm{~N})\)

Amount of H2SO4 present in 150 mL (partially Amount of H2S04 present in 150 mL (partially

= \(\frac{31 \times 150}{400 \times 1000}\)

Now, 50mLof \(\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{~N}) \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\) solution contains = \(\frac{1 \times 50}{2 \times 1000}\) g-equiv. H2SO4

NH3 produced by decomposition 0.4 g of the organic compound = \(\left(\frac{50}{2000}-\frac{31 \times 150}{400000}\right)\)

= 0.013375 g-equivalent

= 0.013375 X×17 g

Now, 0.013375 x 17 g NH3 = \(\frac{14}{17} \times 0.013375\)

% of the nitrogen in the organic compound

= \(\frac{14 \times 0.013375}{0.4} \times 100\)

= 46.81

Question 69. Expand each of the following condensed formulas into their complete structural formulas:

  1. CH3CH2COCH2CH2CI
  2. CH3CH= CH(CH2)4CH3
  3.  BrCH2CH2C=CCH2CH3

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Complete Their Structural Formulas

Question 70. Write down the condensed structural formula and bond¬ line structural formula for each of the following molecules:

1. ICH2CH2CH2CH2CH(CH3)CH2

2.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Line Structural Formula

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line Structural Formulas

Question 71. Expand each of the following bond-line formulas to show all the atoms including carbon and hydrogen:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Including Carbon And Hydrogen

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbon And Hydrogen.

Question 72. Explain why alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a n system.
Answer:

Due to hyperconjugation (cr, n conjugation), alkyl groups act as electron donors when attached to a n -system. This is shown in the case of propane—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Propene

Question 73. Draw the resonance structures for the following compounds. Show the electron shift using curved arrow notation:

  1. C6H5OH
  2. C6H5NO2
  3. CH3CH=CHCHO
  4. C6H5— CHO
  5. C6H5—CH2
  6. CH3CH=CHCH2

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Curved Arrow Notation

Question 74. Identify the reagents underlined in the following ey=o + H2O equations as nucleophiles or electrophiles

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophiles

Answer:

  1. Nucleophile OH
  2. Nucleophile (CN)
  3. Electrophile (CH3+CO)

Question 75. Classify the following reactions in one of the reaction types studied in this unit.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reaction Type Of Studied

Answer:

  1. Nucleophilic substitution
  2. Electrophilic addition
  3. P -Elimination
  4. Nucleophilic substitution & rearrangement

Question 76. What is the relationship between the members of the following pairs of structures? Are they structural or geometrical isomers or resonance contributors?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Contributors

Answer:

  1. Structural isomers (position isomers as well as metamers)
  2. Geometrical isomers
  3. Resonance contributors

Question 77. For the given bond cleavages, use curved arrows to show the electron flow and classify each as homolysis or heterolysis. Identify reactive intermediate produced as free radical, carbonation, and carbanion.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Intermediate Produced

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Intermediate Answer

Question 78. Write down the IUPAC names of the alkyl groups having the molecular formula, C4H6.
Answer:

Four alkyl groups are possible. These are

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 4 Alkyl Group

Question 79. Give the structural difference O aldehyde C & ketonic groups.
Answer:

An aldehyde group (—CHO) is a carbonyl group in which one valency of the carbonyl carbon is satisfied by a H-atom, and the other valency is satisfied by another atom or an alkyl group. On the other hand, the keto group is also a carbonyl group in which two valencies of the carbonyl carbon are satisfied by two alkyl groups.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Aldehyde Ketone Group

Question 80. Both formic acid (HCOOH) and acetic acid (CH3COOH) contain the same functional group, yet there are some differences in their chemical properties—explain.
Answer:

The structural formula of formic acid is such that it can be said to contain  said to contain a  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Formic Acid as well as  

So it exhibits the properties of both —CHO and

—COOH groups. But acetic acid contains only

—COOH group and hence it exhibits the properties of compounds containing only carboxyl group

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Formic And Acetc Acid

Question 81. Label the primary (1°), secondary (2°), tertiary (3°), and quaternary (4°) carbon atoms in the following compound:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 1 And 2 And 3 And 4 Carbon Atoms

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 1 And 2 And 3 And 4 Carbon Atoms Answer

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Long Answer Solutions

Question 82. Write down the IUPAC and common names of each of the given compounds:

  1. CH3CH= CH2
  2. CH3C=CCH3
  3. CH3CHOHCH3
  4. CH3OCH2CH2CH3
  5. CH3CH2CHO
  6. CH3COC2H5
  7. C2H5COOH
  8. C2H2COCl
  9. CH3CONH2
  10. CH3CO2C2H5
  11. CH3CH2NH2
  12. CH3NHCH2CH3
  13. (CH3)2NCH2CH3
  14. CH3CH2CN

Answer:

  1. Propene; Propylene
  2. But-2-yen; Dimethylacetylene
  3. Propan-2-ol; Isopropyl alcohol
  4. 1-methoxy propane; Methyl /t-propyl ether
  5. Propanal; Propionaldehyde
  6. Butan-2-one; Ethyl methyl ketone
  7. Propanoic acid; Propionic acid
  8. Propanoyl chloride; Propionyl chloride
  9. Propanamide; Propionamide
  10. Ethyl ethanoate; Ethyl acetate
  11. Ethanamine; Ethylamine
  12. Methylethanamine; Ethylmethylamine
  13. N, N-dimethylethanolamine; Ethyldimethylamine
  14. Propanenitrile; Ethyl cyanide

Question 83. Write down the structures of the following compounds:

  1. 2-Iodopropane
  2. Hex-3-one
  3. Pent-l-ene
  4. 2,2-Dichloropropane
  5. 1, l, 1, 2-Tetrachloroethane
  6. Propan-2-ol
  7. Propane-1,3-diol
  8. Butane-1,2,3-triol.
  9. 2-Methoxypropane
  10. 2-Methylpentanoic acid
  11. 2,2-Dimethylbutanal
  12. Pentan-3-one 
  13. Butanoyl chloride
  14. Aceticformic anhydride
  15. Ethylmethanoate
  16. N-Methylmethanamine
  17. N-Ethyl-N-methylhexanamine
  18. Butanenitrile.

Answer:

  1. CH3CHICH3
  2. CH3CH2C=CCH2CH3
  3. CH3CH2CH2CH=CH2
  4. CH3CCl2CH3
  5. CH2Cl CCl3,
  6. CH3CH(OH)CH3
  7. HOCH2CH2CH2OH
  8. CH3CH(OH)CH(OH)CH2OH
  9. CH3CH(OCH3)CH3
  10. CH3CH2CH2CH(CH3)COOH
  11. CH3CH2C(CH3)2CHO,
  12. CH3CH2COCH2CH3
  13. CH3CH3CH2COCl
  14. CH3COOCHO
  15. HCOOCH2CH3
  16. CH3NHCH3
  17.  CH3CH2N(CH3)CH2CH3
  18. CH3CH2CH2CN

Question 84. Write down the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Following Compounds

Answer:

  1. 3-ethyl-5-methyl heptane,
  2. 2,2-dimethylbutane
  3. 2,2,4-trimethylpentane,
  4. 3-ethyl-2,2,4-trimethylpentane
  5. 4-(1,1-dimethyl ethyl)heptane
  6. 3,4-diethyl hexane
  7. 6-ethyl-2-methyl-5-(1,1-dimethyl ethyl)octane

Question 85. What is wrong with the following names? Draw the structures they represent and write their correct names.

  1. 1,1-dimethyl hexane
  2. 3-methyl-5-methyl heptane
  3. 4, A-dimethyl-3-ethyl pentane
  4. 3, 4,7-trimethylolethane
  5. 3,3-diethyl-2, A, Atrimethylpentane

Answer:

  1. (CH3)2CHCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3 – 2-methylheptane
  2. CH3CH2CH2C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH2CH3 – 4,4-dimethyl octane
  3. CH3CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH2CH3)2–  3-ethyl-5-methyl heptane
  4. CH3C(CH3)2CH(CH2CH3)2 –  3-ethyl-2, 2-dimethyl pentane
  5. CH3CH2CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH(CH3)2 –  2,5,6-trimethylolethane
  6. (CH3)2CHC(CH2CH3)2C(CH3)3 –  3,3-diethyl-2,2,4-trimethylpentane

Question 86. Give the IUPAC name of the following alkane containing complex substituents:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkane Containing Complex

Answer:  3-ethyl-7,7-fels(2,4-dimethylhexyl)-5,9,11-trimethyltridecane

Question 87. Write the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Question IUPAC Following Compounds

Answer:

  1. 3-ethyl pent-1-ene,
  2. 3-ethyl hex-1-en-5-one
  3. 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl but-1-ene
  4. Pent-3-en-1-one
  5. 3-methyihexa-1,5-diene
  6.  3-isobutylhept-1-en-4-yne
  7. 3-propylhept-l-ene,
  8. 3-methyl-4-methylidenehept-1-en-6-yne
  9. Hexa- 1,3-dien-5-one,
  10. 5-methylhepta-1,2,6-triene

Question 88. Write down the structures of the following compounds

  1. Pent-3-en-1-one
  2. 3-methylpenta-1, 4-diyne
  3. 3-(2-methylpropyl)hept- 1-en-4-yne
  4. 3-ethylpenta-1,3-diene
  5. 5-ethynylhepta-1,3,6-triene
  6. 4-ethyl-4-methylhex-1-one

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Yne And Hepta And Ene Structures

Question 89. Write down the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names Of The Following Compounds Question

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names Of The Following Compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names Of The Following Compounds.

 

Question 90. Write down the structures of the following:

  1. 2-methyl butanol chloride
  2. 5-chloro-3-ethylpentan-2-one
  3. Diethyl butane-1, A-date
  4. Methyl-2-methyl prop- 2-en-1-rate 
  5. 3-phenyl prop-2-enoic acid
  6. Propane- 1,2,3-tricarboxamide.

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write Down The Structures Following

Question 91. Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds:

  1. CH3COCH2COOC2H5
  2. H2NCH2CH2CH2COOH
  3. CH3CH(CN)CH2COCH3

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ethyl Oxobutanoate

Question 92. Write down the structures of the following compounds:

  1. 3-formylpentanoic acid
  2. 3-hydroxyl-oxopentanal
  3. 2, 3-dihydroxy butane dioic acid
  4. 3-hydroxy cyclohexanone
  5. 3-hydroxy-3-methyl butane-2-one

Answer: 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Following Compounds

Organic Chemistry Techniques Long Answer Class 11 NCERT

Question 93. Write the structures of the following compounds:

  1. 2-chloro-2-methyl butane-1-ol
  2. 4-amino-2-ethyl pent-2-enal
  3. Hex-A-in-2-one
  4. 1-bromo-3-chloracyclohex-1-ene
  5. But-2-ene-l, 4-dioic acid
  6. 4-nitrogen-l-one Ethyl 3-methoxy – 4-nitro butanoate

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Write The Structures 2 Chloro

Question 94. What type of structural isomerism is exhibited by the following pairs of isomers?

1. CH3CHCOOH and CH3COOCH3

2. CH3 —C≡C — CH3 and CH3CH2C≡CH

3. CH2= CHOH and CH3CHO

4. CH2 = CH(CH2)3CH3 and C6H6

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomers

6. CH3CH2CH2OH and (CH3)2CHOH

Answer:

  1. Functional group isomerism
  2. Position isomerism
  3. Tautomerism (special case of functional group isomerism)
  4. Ring-chain isomerism
  5. Position isomerism
  6. Position isomerism

Question 95. Which two of the following compounds are

  1. Position isomers
  2. Tautomers
  3. Ring-chain isomers
  4. Metamers
  5. Chain isomers and
  6. Functional isomers

Answer:

  1. Position isomers: (h) and (k),
  2. Tautomers: (a) and (f)
  3. Ring-chain isomers: (e) and (j)
  4. Metamers : (c) and (g)
  5. Chain isomers: (b) and (i)
  6. Functional isomers: (d) and (l)

Question 96. Identify the optically active and optically inactive compounds:

1. CH3CHOHC2H5

2. CH3CH2OH

3. C2HgCHBrCH(CH3)2

4.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Inactive

5. CH3CH=CHC2H5

Answer:

(1), (3), and (4) will be optically active as each of these molecules contains one asymmetric center.

But (2) & (5) are optically inactive as they do not have a symmetric center.

Question 97. Which of the following will exhibit geometrical or cis-trans isomerism and which of them will not? Give reasons.

1. CH3CH=CBr2

2. BrCH=CHCH2CH3

3. CH2=CH —CH=CH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomerism 4 Option

5. CH2=CHCH=CHCH=CH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomerism 5. 6 And 7 Option

Answer:

(2), (5), (6), (7), and (8) exhibit geometrical isomerism.

But (1), (3), and (4) do not exhibit geometrical isomerism.

Question 98. Draw the Fischer projectionformulas of all stereoisomers CH3CHBrCHClCOOH. Mention how they are related to each other
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Enantiomers And Diastereomers

Enantiomers: 1 and 2, 3 and 4

Diastereomers: 1 and 3; 1 and 4; 2 and 3; 2 and 4

Question 99. Write down the structure and IUPAC names of two isomeric optically active alkanes having the lowest molecular mass.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dimethylpentane

Question 100. Which of the following compounds are meso-compounds and which are not? Give reasons

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Meso Compounds
Answer:

(2) and (3) are meso compounds (they are optically inactive due to the presence of a center of symmetry). (1) is optically active. It contains two asymmetric centers and it is not superimposable on its mirror image.

Question 101. Arrange in order of decreasing basic strength and show(XI) Pari-n reasons: CH3—CH=NH,  CH3—C=N, CH3 — NH2

Ongoing from  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrogen Increases

in CH3NH2, CH3CH=NH and CH3C=N, the unshared electron pairs are in sp³ , sp² and sp -orbitals respectively. As the s -character of the hybrid orbital (containing lone pair) of N -atom increases, the electrons are drawn closer to the nitrogen nucleus, and hence electron donating ability of the amino nitrogen decreases causing a decrease in basicity.

Thus basic strength decreases in the sequence:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Strength Of Decreases

Question 102. Arrange in order of increasing acidity and give reasons: CH3CH2OH, (CH3)3 COH, CH3OH, (CH3)2CHOH
Answer:

Since alkyl groups have a +1 effect, there will be an increased electron displacement towards the oxygen atom on going from primary to secondary to tertiary alcohol. This may be represented (qualitatively) as follows:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Primary Secondary Teritary Alcohols

Question 103. Arrange the following anions in order of increasing stability and give reasons: CH2=CH, CH3CH2, CH = C
Answer:

The greater the -ve charge on the oxygen atom, the closer the displacement of the covalent pair in the O —H bond to the hydrogen atom, hence separation of a proton becomes increasingly difficult. Thus the acid strengths of alcohols will be in the following order:

(CH3)3COH < (CH3)2CHOH < CH3CH2OH < CH3OH

Ongoing from \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2→\mathrm{CH}_2=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}→\mathrm{HC} \equiv \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}\) it is seen that the unshared electron pairs of the carbanion carbons are in sp³, sp² and sp -hybrid orbitals respectively. As the s -s-character of the hybrid orbitals increases, the electrons are drawn closer to the nucleus of the carbanion carbon, and hence the ability to hold the electron pair increases, causing successive increases in stability. Stability order

⇒ \(\mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2<\mathrm{CH}_2=\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}<\mathrm{CH} \equiv \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Question 104. Which of the following pairs do not represent two resonance structures and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Structures
Answer:

The two structures which differ in the positions of atoms are not resonance structures. Thus the pair of structures given in (1), (2), and (5) do not represent resonance structures.

Question 105. In between CH3COOH and CH3COO, which one is more resonance stabilized and why?
Answer:

Both CH3COOH and CH3COO are resonance hybrids of two canonical forms. But one of the resonance structures of CH3COOH involves separation of charge, while none of the resonance structures of CH3COO involves any separation of charge (also these structures are equivalent). Hence CH3COO is more resonance stabilized compared to CH3COOH.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Equivalent And Non Equivalent Resonance

Question 106. Which N -atom of guanidine Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques N Atom Guanidineis more basic and why
Answer:

Protonation on tire doubly bonded N -atoms produces a cation (conjugate acid) which is stabilized by resonance involving three equivalent canonical forms. On the other hand protonation on either of the singly bonded N-atoms produces a cation (conjugate acid) which is not stabilised by resonance. Thus the doubly bonded N-atom of guanidine is more basic.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stabilised By Resonance

Question 107. Which of the two N atoms of the following compound undergoes protonation and why?
Answer:

N-atom ofthe ring ‘A’ undergoes protonation because the resultant cation (conjugate acid) is stabilized by resonance. The n-atom of the ring ‘B’ does not undergo protonation because in that case the resulting cation will not be stabilized by resonance.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ring A And Ring B Stabilised By Resonance

Question 108. Which resonance structure in each of the following compounds contributes more towards the hybrid and why?
Answer:

  • The 1st structure contributes more because both C and N have octets of electrons in their valence shells.
  • The 1st structure contributes more because it involves no separation of charge.
  • The 2nd structure contributes more as the -ve charge is on the more electronegative O-atom.
  •  The 1st structure contributes more because there is separation of charge. The 2nd structure involves the separation of charge; also the +ve charges, on the adjacent atoms, repel each other.
  • The 1st structure contributes more compared to the 2nd structure. The 2nd structure is highly unstable as it contains a negative N-atom.

Question 109. Which of the following compounds can be represented as a resonance hybrid and which of them can the? Give reasons.

1.  CH3CH2OH,

2.CH3CONH2

3. CH3CH=CHCH2NH2

4. H2N—CH=CH— NO2

5. 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hybrid

Answer:

Structures and (3) can not be represented as resonance hybrids because lone pairs on the O-atom or N-atom can not undergo delocalization. However, structures (2), (4) and (5) can be represented as resonance hybrids.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Hybrids

Question 110.  Why are the three carbon-oxygen bonds In carbonate (CO3-2) ion equal in length?

This is so because the CO3-2 ion is a resonance hybrid of three equivalent canonical forms.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Conical Forms

Question 111. Which one between phenol and cyclohexanol is more acidic and why?
Answer:

Phenol is a stronger acid than cyclohexanol.

It can be explained as follows:

1. Due to resonance, the O-atom of the OH group acquires a +ve charge and so the release of the proton is facilitated

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Proton Facilitated

2. When phenol ionizes, the formed phenoxide ion is also a resonance hybrid, but it is more stabilized by resonance than a unionized phenol molecule because of the spreading of a negative charge only. In the unionized molecule, resonance involves the separation of charge

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Phenol Ionises

Such effects are not possible in the case of cyclohexanol and hence proton release is not facilitated.

Long Questions for Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12 NCERT

Question 112. Arrange the following ions in order of increasing stability and give your reasons
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Order Of Increasing Stability

Question 113. Which one between 2-methylbut-2-ene and 2-methylbut-1- ene has higher heat of hydrogenation and why?
Answer:

In structure 3+ve charge on the carbon is involved in I delocalization with the benzene ring.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Benzene Ring

In structure (1), +ve charge on the carbon is involved in delocalization not only with the benzene ring but also with N-atom of the \(\ddot{\mathrm{N}}\)Me2 group, thereby making this structure more stable than (III).

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Structure More Stable

Structure (2) is the least stable because +ve charge on the carbon can not be involved in delocalization with the aromatic ring (steric inhibition of resonance)

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Steric Inhibition Of Resonance Rings

Question 114. Arrange the following ions in order of increasing stability and give your reasons
Answer:

2-Methylbut-2-ene contains nine hyperconjugable α-H -atoms, so this molecule is involved in effective hyperconjugation. As a result, this molecule gains extra stability and it has relatively lower heat of hydrogenation. On the other hand, 2-methylbut-1-ene contains only five hypercoagulable α-H -atoms so the effect of hyperconjugation stabilizing this molecule is relatively less. Thus it has a relatively higher heat of hydrogenation.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nine And Five Alpha Atoms

Question 115. The C—C bond in acetaldehyde (CH3CHO) is shorter than that in ethane while the C— C bond in trifluoro acetaldehyde (CF3CHO) is essentially the same as that in ethane. Explain
Answer:

Acetaldehyde molecule contains three α-H -atoms. These H-atoms are involved in hyperconjugation with the double bond of the carbonyl group. So C—C bonds in acetaldehyde have a partial double bond character. In ethane the C—C bond has pure single bond character.

Thus C — C bond in acetaldehyde is shorter than that in ethane. Trifluoroacetaldehyde does not have a-H -atoms. So hyper-conjugation is not possible in CF3CHO.

Thus, the C — C bond in CF3CHO is essentially the same as that in ethane.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Same Ethane

Question 116. Arrange the following isomeric alkenes in order of increasing stability and give your reasons:

  1. (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2 (1)
  2. CH2=CHCH2CH2CH3 (2)
  3. CH3CH=CHCH(CH3)2 (3)
  4. CH3CH =C(CH3)CH2CH3 (4)

Answer:

The stability of an alkene is determined by the number of hyperconjugative structures, which in turn is dictated by the number of α-H -atoms (concerning the olefinic carbons) present in the molecule. The greater the number of hyperconjugative structures, the higher the stability of the alkene Now the number of ar-H -atoms in the alkene 1, 2, 3, and 4 are 12, 2, 4, and 8 respectively. Thus stability of the alkanes follows the sequence: 2 < 3< 4 < 1.

Question 117. Which one of the following two conformations of butane is more stable and why?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Butane Stable

Answer:

Eclipsed conformation I, in which methyl groups on two adjacent carbons are just opposite to each other. In this conformation steric strain and bond opposition strain are maximum, hence this conformation is most unstable.

Anti-conformation II, in which methyl groups are as far apart as possible, is most stable due to minimum repulsion between methyl groups. Note that, there is no bond opposition strain in this conformation.

Question 118. Which of the 2 geometric isomers I of Me3CCH=CHCMe3 has a higher heat of combustion and why?
Answer:

Cis-isomer is less stable because of a very large steric hindrance between two bulky t-butyl groups lying on the same side of the double bond. On the other hand, transisomer is more stable because the bulky f-butyl groups are on the opposite sides of the double bond. Thus cis isomer has a higher heat of hydrogenation.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cis Isomer And Trans Isomer

Question 119. Which one between C6H5CH3 and CH4 has lower Csp³—H bond dissociation enthalpy and why?
Answer:

The bond dissociation enthalpy of C6H5CH2—H is less than (II) that of H3C — H as  C6H5CH2 is more stable (stabilized by resonance) than that of CH3 (which has no resonance stabilization).

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Resonance Stabilisation

Question 120. Arrange the following carbocations in order of increasing stability and explain the order:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations Increasing Stability

Answer:

In cation in,(3) +ve charge is not delocalized due to steric inhibition of resonance. However, +ve charge is delocalized in both the cations I and But the extent of delocalization of +ve charge is higher in H due to the additional effect involving the methoxy group.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Methoxy Group Of Resonance
Question 121. Arrange the following carbanions in order of increasing stability and explain the order

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbanions Increasing Stability
Answer:

The stability of carbanions increases as the extent of delocalization of the -ve charge increases. Carbanion I is the most stable as the -ve charge is delocalized not only by the benzene ring but also by the -NO2 group. Carbanion HI is moderately stable as the -ve charge is delocalized only by the benzene ring. Carbanion U is the least stable because of the +R effect of the -OMe group (although the -ve charge is delocalized by the benzene ring). Thus the sequence of stability is 2 < 3< 1

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sequence Of Stability

Question 122. Classify the following species as electrophile or nucleophile and explain your choice:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophile And Nucleophile

Answer:

Nucleophile : CH3C , CHgCOO , CH2=CH2

Electrophile : Cl+ , BF3 , (CH3)3C+ , R— X

CH3O– and CH3COO are negatively charged species having available unshared electron pairs on the O-atom. So these are nucleophiles. CH2=CH2 can also act as a nucleophile as it contains loosely bound or -electrons.

In the species Cl+, BF3, and Me3C+, there is electron deficiency (having sex tet of electrons) on the valence shells of Cl, B, and C-atom respectively. So these are electrophiles. In the alkyl halides (R—X) there is electron deficiency on the a -carbon due to the strong -I effect of the halogen atom. So RX can act as electrophile.

Question 123. Formulate the following as a two-step reaction and designate the nucleophile and electrophile in each step:  CH2= CH2 + Br2 → BrCH2CH2Br
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophile And Electrophile

Question 124. CN and NO2 are called ambient nucleophiles. Explain
Answer:

Nucleophiles that have more than one (generally two) suitable atoms through which they can attack the substrate are called ambident nucleophiles. Each of the CN ions and NO2 contain two atoms through which they can be involved in nucleophilic attack (these atoms are indicated by arrows). So these are ambident nucleophiles.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ambident Nucleophiles

Question 125. Mention the type of each of the following reactions
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Mention The Type Of Reactions
Answer:

  1. Nucleophilic substitution (SN2)
  2. Electrophilic addition
  3. Free-radical substitution
  4. Elimination reaction (E2)
  5. Rearrangement reaction

Question 126. Calculate the double bond equivalent (DBE) of each of the given compounds:

  1. C13H9BrS
  2. C12H16N2O4

Answer:

Double bond equivalent (DBE) of C13H9BrS

= \(\frac{13(4-2)+9(1-2)+1(1-2)+1(2-2)}{2}+1\)

= 9

DBE of  C12H16N2O4

= \(\frac{12(4-2)+16(1-2)+2(3-2)+4(2-2)}{2}+1\)

= 6

Question 127. Calculate the double bond equivalent (DBE) of a compound having molecular formula, C5H8. On catalytic hydrogenation, the compound consumes 1 mol of hydrogen. Write the structures of all the possible isomers of the compound
Answer:

DBE of C5H8 \(=\frac{5(4-2)+8(1-2)}{2}+1\) = 2

On hydrogenation, it consumes 1 mol of H2. So it contains one double bond and one ring.

Thus possible structures of the compounds are:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Possible Structure Of Compounds

Question 128. Arrange the following carbocations in order of increasing stability and explain the order:
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Stability Orders

The sequence of stability: (4) > (2) > (3) > (1) Carbocation (4) is a primary carbocation, but it is most stable due to resonance.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stable Due To Resonance

Question 129. Which of the carbocations is the most stable?

  1. CH3CH2+CH2,
  2. CH2=CH+CH2,
  3. C6H5 +CH2
  4. All are equally stable.

Answer:

(1), (2), and (3) are all primary carbocations. Cations (1), (2), and (3) have 0, 2, and 4 resonance structures respectively. So carbocation (3) is the most stable

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Most Stable Is Carbocations

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Long Questions & Answers Solutions

Question 130.  Which one between the two CH3CO and CH3 CH3COCHCOCH3 is more stable and why?

Negative charge CH3COCH2 is involved in delocalization with the n electrons of only one carbonyl group. On the other hand, the carbonation-carbon of on the carbanion-carbon of charge e -ve on n CH3COCHCOCH3 is involved in delocalization with the π -electrons of two carbonyl groups. Thus the second carbanion is more stable.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Second Carbanion Is More Stable

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The ease of dehydrohalogenation of an alkyl halide with alcoholic KOH is—

  1. 3° <2° < 1°
  2. 3° < 2° > 1°
  3. 3° > 2° > 1°
  4. 3° > 2° < 1°

Answer: 2. 3° < 2° > 1°

Question 2. Which will exhibit optical isomerism

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Isomer

Answer: 2

Question 3. Which of the following is sec-butyl Phenyl Vinyl (BPV)methane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques BPV Methane.

Answer: 3

Question 4. The correct states of hybridisation of C2 and C3 in compound H3C —CH=C=CH —CH3

  1. sp², sp³
  2. sp², sp
  3. sp², sp³
  4. sp, sp

Answer: 2. sp², sp

Question 5. Under identical conditions, the SN1 reaction will most efficiently with

  1. Tert-butyl chloride
  2. 2-methyl-l-chloropropane
  3. 2-chloroquine
  4. Vinyl Chloride

Answer: 1. Tert-butyl chloride

Question 6. Which one of the following characteristics belongs to an electrophile

  1. It is any species having electron deficiency that reacts at an electron-rich C-centre
  2. It is any species having electron enrichment, that reacts at an electron deficient-centre
  3. It is cationic
  4. It is anionic

Answer:  1. It is any species having electron deficiency that reacts at an electron-rich C-centre

Question 7. The most stable enol tautomer of MeCOCH2CO2Et 

  1. CH2=C(OH)CH2CO2Et
  2. MeC(OH)—CHCO2Et
  3. MeCOCH=C(OH)OEt
  4. CH2=C(OH)CH=C(OH)OEt

Answer: 2. MeC(OH)—CHCO2Et

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques MCQs Class 11

Question 8. Order of stability of the carbocations

1. Ph2C+CH2Me

2. PhCH2CH2C+HPh

3. PhCH+CHMe

4. Ph2C(Me)CH2  is

  1. 4 > 3 > 1 > 3
  2. 1 > 2 > 3 > 4
  3. 2 > 1 > 4 > 3
  4. 1>4>3>2

Answer: 2. 1 > 2 > 3 > 4

Question 9. MeCH2CH=CH2 is stable than Me2C=CH2 because—

  1. Inductive effect of group.
  2. Resonance effect of Me-group.
  3. Hyperconjugative effect of Me-group.
  4. Resonance and inductive effects of Me-group.

Answer: 3. Hyperconjugative effect of Me-group.

Question 10. (+) and (-)-Lactic acid has the same molecular formula, C3H6O3. They are related as

  1. Structure isomers
  2. Geometric isomers
  3. Optical isomers
  4. Homomers

Answer: 3. Optical isomers

Question 11. Which of the following statements is correct for 2-butene—

  1. The C1 —C2 bond is an sp³ —sp³ σ -bond
  2. The C2— C3 bond is an sp³—sp² σ -bond
  3. The C1—C2 bond is an sp³—sp³ σ-bond
  4. The C1— C2 bond is an sp²—sp² σ -bond

Answer: 3. The C1—C2 bond is an sp³—sp³ σ-bond

Question 12. Basicity of aniline is less than methyl amine, because—

  1. Hyperconjugation effect of Me-group in MeNH2
  2. Resonance effect of the phenyl group in aniline
  3. The molar mass of methylamine is less than that of aniline
  4. Resonance effect of Me-group in MeNH2

Answer: 2. Resonance effect of the phenyl group in aniline

Question 13. Tautomerism is exhibited by—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tautomerism

Answer: 1, 2 and 3

Question 14. Amongst the following, the one which can exist in a free state as a stable compound is—

  1. C7H9O
  2. C8H12O
  3. C6H11O
  4. C10H17O2

Answer:  2. C8H12O

Question 15. The correct pair of compounds that gives blue coloration/ precipitate and white precipitate, respectively, when their Lassaigne’s test is separately done is—

1. NH2NH2 HCl and C1CH2COOH

2. NH2CSNH2 and PhCH2Cl

3. NH2CH2COOH and NH2CONH2

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Compound

Answer: 4.

Question 16. The IUPAC name of the compound X is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Name X Is

  1. 4-cyano-4-methyl-2-isopentane
  2. 2-cyano-2-methyl-4-isopentane
  3. 2,2,-dimethyl-4-oxo pentane nitrile
  4. 4-cyano-4-methyl-2-pentanone

Answer: 3. 2,2,-dimethyl-4-oxo pentane nitrile

Question 17. The optically active molecule is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Active Molecule

Answer: 3

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions

Question 18. (+) -2-chloro-2-phenylethane in toluene racemizes slowly in the presence of the small amount of SbCl5, due to the formation of—

  1. Carbanion
  2. Free-radical
  3. Carbene
  4. Carbocation

Answer: 4. Carbocation

Question 19. The order of decreasing ease abstraction of hydrogen atoms in the following Hb molecule is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms

  1. Ha>Hb>Hc
  2. Ha>Hc>Hb
  3. Hb>Ha>Hc
  4. Hc > Hb>Ha

Answer: 2. Ha>Hc>Hb

Question 20. The most likely protonation site in the given molecule is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Protonation Site

  1. C-1
  2. C-2
  3. C-3
  4. C-6

Answer: 1. C-1

Question 21. The 4-th higher homolog of ethane is—

  1. Butane
  2. Pentane
  3. Hexane
  4. Heptane

Answer: 3. Hexane

Question 22. Among the following structures, the one which is not a resonating structure of others is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Resonating Structure

Answer: 4.

Question 23. The correct order of decreasing length of the bond as indicated by the arrow in the following structures is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Indicated By Arrow

Answer: 3

Question Question 24. IUPAC name ofthe molecule, is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Molecule

  1. 5,6-dimethylhept-2-ene
  2. 2,3-dimethylhept-5-ene
  3. 5,6-dimethylhept-3-ene
  4. 5-isopropyl hex-2-ene

Answer:  1. 5,6-dimethylhept-2-ene

Question 25. The correct statement regarding the given compound is—

  1. All three compounds are chiral
  2. Only 1 and 2 are chiral
  3. 1 and 3 are diastereomers
  4. Only 1 and 3 are chiral

Answer: 4. Only 1 and 3 are chiral

Question 26. In Lassaigne’s test for the detection of nitrogen in an organic compound, the appearance of blue colored

  1. Ferric ferricyanide
  2. Ferrous ferricyanide
  3. Ferric ferrocyanide
  4. Ferrous ferrocyanide

Answer: 3. Ferric ferrocyanide

Question 27. The reaction of methyl trichloroacetate (Cl3CCO2Me) with sodium methoxide (NaOMe) generates

  1. Carbocation
  2. Carbene
  3. Carbanion
  4. Carbon radical

Answer: 2. Carbene

Question 28. In a mixture, two ommtlomors are found to be present in the amount of 0f*% mu) 15% respectively. The enantiomeric excess (e,o) Is—

  1. 85%
  2. 15%
  3. 70%
  4. 60%

Answer: 3. 70%

Question 29. In the following compound, the number it ‘sp’ hybridized carbon is CH2=C=CH-CH-C≡CH –

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 3. 4

Question 30. Which of the following statements Is/are correct

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Enatiomers

Answer: 2 and 4

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 MCQs

Question 31. The correct order of adding strengths of benzoic acid (X), hydroxybenzoic acid (Y), and p-nitrobenzoic acid (Z) is—

  1. Y> Z > X
  2. Z > Y > X
  3. Z > X > Y
  4. Y > X > Z

Answer:  3. Z > X > Y

Question 32. In the IUPAC system, PhCH2CH2CO2H is named as—

  1. 3-phenylpropanoid acid
  2. Benzoyl acetic acid
  3. Carboxyethyl benzene
  4. 2-phenylpropanoid acid

Answer: 1. 3-phenylpropanoid acid

Question 33. The major product(s) obtained in the reaction Is/are

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Reaction

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 34. The possible product (s) to be obtained from the reaction of cyclobutyl amine with HNOz is/are—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cyclobutyl

Answer:  1 and 3

Question 35.  Identify the compound that exhibits tautomerism—

  1. 2-pentanone
  2. 2-butene
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Phenol

Answer:  2. 2-butene

Question 36. How many chiral compounds are possible on monochlorination of 2-methylbutane—

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 6
  4. 8

Answer: 1. 2

Question 37. Identify the compound that exhibits tautomerism—

  1. 2-pentanone
  2. 2-butene
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Phenol

Answer: 1. 2-pentanone

Question 38. The order of stability of the following carbocations is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations 123

  1. 3>1>2
  2. 3>2>1
  3. 2>3>1
  4. 1>2>3

Answer: 1. 3>1>2

Question 39. Arrange the compounds in order of decreasing acidity

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Decrease Acidity

Answer: 4.

Question 40. A solution of (-)-l-chloro-l-phenylethane in toluene racemizes slowly in the presence of a small amount of SbCl5, due to the formation of—

  1. Free radical
  2. Carbanion
  3. Carbene
  4. Carbocation

Answer:  4. Carbocation

Question 41. In SN2 reactions, the correct order of reactivity for the compounds: CH3Cl, CH3CH2Cl, (CH3)2CHCl and (CH3)3CCl is _____

  1. (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2Cl > CH3Cl > (CH3)3CC;
  2. CHgCl > (CH3)2CHCl > CH3CH2CI > (CH3)3CCI
  3. CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl
  4. CH3CH2Cl > CH3CI > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl

Answer: 3. CH3Cl > CH3CH2Cl > (CH3)2CHCl > (CH3)3CCl

Question 42. For the estimation of nitrogen, 1.4 g of an organic compounejÿwas digested by the Kjeldahl method, and the evolved ammonia was absorbed in 60 mL of M/10

  1. 5%
  2. 6%
  3. 10%
  4. 3%

Answer: 3. 10%

Multiple Choice Questions Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 43. In the Carius method of estimation of halogens, 250 g of an organic compound gave 141 g AgBr. Percentage of Br in the compound(Ag = 108, Br = 80)

  1. 48
  2. 60
  3. 24
  4. 36

Answer: 3. 24

Question 44. Which of the following compounds will exhibit

  1. 2-phenyl-l-butene
  2. 1,1 – diphenyl 1 – propane
  3. 1-phenyl-2-button
  4. 3 – phenyl – 1 – butene

Answer: 3. 1-phenyl-2-button

Question 45. The increasing order of SN1 reactivity of the following compounds is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques SN1 Reaction

  1. 1<3<2
  2. 2<3<1
  3. 3<2<1
  4. 2<1<3

Answer:  4. 2<1<3

Question 46. The resonance stability is minimal for the compound—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Stability Minium

Answer: 2.

Question 47. Which of the following compounds will be suitable for Kjeldahl’s method of nitrogen estimation—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Kjeldahals Method

Answer: 4

Question 48. The increasing order of basicity of the following compounds is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Order

Answer: 1

Question 49. Consider the reactions:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reactions

Answer: 3

Question 50. Which undergoes nucleophilic substitution most easily—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophilic

Answer: 1

Question 51. IUPAC name ofthe compound,

  1. Trans-2-chloro-3-iodo-2-pentene
  2. Cis-3-iodo-4-chloro-3-pentane
  3. Trans-3-iodo-4-chloro-3-pentene
  4. Cis-2-chloro-3-iodo-2-pentene

Answer: 1. Trans-2-chloro-3-iodo-2-pentene

Question 52. Considering the state of hybridization of C-atoms, which one among the following is linear

  1. CH3—C2—CH2—CH3
  2. CH3—CH=CH—CH3
  3. CH3-C = C-CH3
  4. CH2=CHCH2C= C

Answer: 3. CH3-C = C-CH3

Question 53. Which is a nucleophilic substitution reaction—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophilic

Answer: 4

Question 54. Which is most reactive towards an electrophilic reagent—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophilic

Answer: 3.

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles MCQs

Question 55. The correct order of increasing bond length of C—H, C — O, C—C and C=C is _

  1. C—H < C—O < C—C < C=C
  2. C—H<C=C<C—O<C—C
  3. C—C < C=C < C—O < C—H
  4. C—O<C—H<C—C<C=C

Answer: 2. C—H<C=C<C—O<C—C

Question 56. RCHO + NH2NH2→RCH=N—NH2 What sort of reactions it—

  1. Electrophilic addition-elimination reaction
  2. Free radical addition-elimination reaction
  3. Electrophilic substitution-elimination reaction
  4. Nucleophilic addition-elimination reaction

Answer: 4. Nucleophilic addition-elimination reaction

Question 57. Which of the following acids do not exhibit optical

  1. Maleic acid
  2. Amino acids
  3. Lactic acid
  4. Tartaric acid

Answer: 1. Maleic acid

Question 58. The correct order of decreasing acid strength of trichloroacetic acid (I), trifluoroacetic acid (n), acetic acid (in), and formic acid (IV) is—

  1. 2>1> 4>3
  2. 2>4>3 >1
  3. 1> 2>3>4
  4. 1>3>2>4

Answer: 1. 2>1> 4>3

Question 59. Which nomenclature is not according to the IUPAC system

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC System

Answer: 3

Question 60. Structure of the company whose IlIPAC name is 3-ethyl- 2-hydroxy-4-methylhex-3-en-5-yonic acid is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 1Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Name Of Acid

Answer: 4

Question 61. The structure of the isobutyl group an organic compound is —

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Organic Compound

Answer: 2

Question 62. The order of stability of the following tautomeric forms is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tautomeric Forms

  1. 2>3>1
  2. 1>2>3
  3. 3>2>1
  4. 2>1>3

Answer: 3. 3>2>1

Question 63. Which of the following compounds will undergo racemization when a solution of KOH hydrolyses—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques KOH Hydrolyses

  1. 1 and 2
  2. 2 and 4
  3. 3 and 4
  4. 1 and 4

Answer: None of  these

Organic Chemistry Techniques MCQs Class 11 NCERT

Question 64. Most reactive towards nucleophilic addition reaction is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Addition Reaction

Answer:  4

Question 65. In Kjeldahl’s method for estimation of nitrogen present in a soil sample, ammonia evolved from 0.75 g of sample neutralized 10 mL of 1M H2SO4 The percentage of nitrogen in the soils—

  1. 37.33
  2. 45.33
  3. 35.33
  4. 43.33

Answer: 1. 37.33

Question 66. The number of structural isomers possible from the molecular formula C3H9N is

  1. 4
  2. 5
  3. 2
  4. 3

Answer:  1. 4

Question 67.  In an SN1 reaction on chiral centres there is__________

  1. 100% racemisation
  2. Inversion more than retention leading to partial racemization
  3. 100% retention
  4. 100%Inversion

Answer:  2. Inversion more than retention leading to partial racemization

Question 68. Which of the following statements is not correct for a nucleophile—

  1. A nucleophile is a Lewis acid
  2. Ammonia is a nucleophile
  3. Nucleophiles attack electron density sites
  4. Nucleophiles are not electron-seeking

Answer: 1, 2,3 and 4

Question 69. Two possible stereo-structures of CH3CHOH-COOH, which are optically active, are called—

  1. Diastereomers
  2. Atropisomers
  3. Enantiomers
  4. Mesotners

Answer: 3. Enantiomers

Question 70. In which of the following molecules, all the atoms are coplanar—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Coplanar

Answer: 4.

Question 71. The correct order of add strength of the given carboxylic acid is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 1Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carboxylic Acid

Answer: 3

Question 72. Which among the given molecules can exhibit tautomerism

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tautomerism Molecule

Answer: 4

Question 73.  Which of the following biphenyls is optically active

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques By phenyls

Answer: 2

Question 74. The pair of electrons in the given carbanion is present in which ofthe following orbitals  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Orbital

  1. sp
  2. 2p
  3. sp
  4. sp

Answer: 1. sp

Question 75. The correct statement about the basicity of aryl amines is—

  1. Aryi amines are in general more basic than alkyl amines because the N-atom in aryl amines is sp hybridized
  2. Aryi amines are in general less basic than alkyl amines because the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen in aryi amines undergoes effective delocalization with the ring π-electrons
  3. Aryi amines are in general more basic than alkyl amines because the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen in aryi amines does not undergo delocalization with the ring electrons
  4. Aryi amines are more basic than alkyl amines due to

Answer: 2. Aryi amines are in general less basic than alkyl amines because the unshared pair of electrons on nitrogen in aryi amines undergoes effective delocalization with the ring π-electrons

Question 76.  Which one of the following statements for the given
reactions are correct—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Correct Statement

  1. Is a substitution reaction but (2) and (3) are addition reactions.
  2. (1) and (2) are elimination reactions, but (3) is an addition reaction.
  3. (1) is an elimination reaction, (2) is a substitution reaction, and (3) is an addition reaction.
  4. (1) is an elimination reaction, but (2) and (3) are substitution reactions.

Answer:  3. (1) is an elimination reaction, (2) is a substitution reaction, and (3) is an addition reaction.

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 MCQ Solutions

Question 77. The IUPAC name ofthe compound 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Techniques Compound

  1. 5-formylhex-2-en-3-one
  2. 5-methyl-oxohex-2-en-5-al
  3. 3-keto-2-methylhex-5-enal
  4. 3-keto-2-methylhex-4-enal

Answer:  4. 3-keto-2-methylhex-4-enal

Question 78. Which one is the most acidic compound—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Acidic Compound

Answer: 3

Question 79. The most suitable method of separation of 1: a 1 mixture of ortho and para- nitrophenols is—

  1. Chromatography
  2. Crystallization
  3. Steam distillation
  4. Sublimation

Answer:  3. Steam distillation

Question 80. The correct statement regarding electrophile is—

  1. Electrophile is a negatively charged species and can form a bond by accepting a pair of electrons from another electrophile
  2. Electrophiles are generally neutral species and can form a bond by accepting a pair of electrons from a nucleophile
  3. Electrophiles can be either neutral or positively charged species and can form a bond by accepting a pair ofelectrons from a nucleophile
  4. Electrophile is a negatively charged species and can form a bond accepting a pair of electrons from a nucleophile

Answer: 3.  Electrophiles can be either neutral or positively charged species and can form a bond by accepting a pair ofelectrons from a nucleophile

Question 81. Which of the following is correct concerning -I effect of the substituents (R = alkyl) —

  1. —NR2 > —OR > —F
  2. —NH2 < —OR < —F
  3. —NH2 > —OR > —F
  4. —NR2 < —OR < —F

Answer: 2. —NH2 < —OR < —F

Question 82. Which ofthe following carbocations is expected to be most stable—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations

Answer: 3.

Question 83. 3. Which of the following molecules represents the order of hybridization sp², sp², sp, sp from left to right atoms—

  1. CH3 —CH=CH —CH3
  2. HC=C —C=CH
  3. CH3=CH—CH=CH2
  4. CH2=CH-C=CH

Answer: 4. CH2=CH-C=CH

Question 84. SN2 reaction readily occurs in—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques SN2 Reaction

Answer: 1.

Question 85. The correct decreasing order of pKa is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Order Of PKa

  1. 2>4>1>3
  2. 4>2>3>1
  3. 3>2>4>1
  4. 4>1>2>3

Answer:  1. 2>4>1>3

Question 86.  The correct decreasing order of pKb is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Decreasing Order

  1. 1>2>3>4
  2. 3>4>2>1
  3. 2>3>4>1
  4. 4>2>1>3

Answer: 4. 4>2>1>3

Question 87. Find the dihydroxy cyclopentane—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 3. 3

Question 88. Decreasing order of nucleophilicity is—

  1. OH>NH>CH3O>RNH2
  2. NH>OH>CH3O>RNH2
  3. NH>CH3O>OH>RNH2
  4. CH3O>NH>OH>RNH2

Answer:  3. NH>CH3O>OH>RNH2

Question 89. pKa increases in benzoic acid when substituent “x” is bonded at para-position, then “x” is—

  1. —COOH
  2. —NO2
  3. —CN
  4. —OCH3

Answer: 4. —OCH3

Question 90. The IUPAC name of the given compound is (CH3)3CCH2C(CH3)3

  1. 2,3,4,4-tetramethylpentane
  2. 1,2,2,4-tetramethylpentene
  3. 2,2,4,4-tetramethylpentane
  4. 3,3-dimethyl pentane

Answer: 3. 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl pentane

Question 91. The purity of an organic compound is determined by—

  1. Chromatography
  2. Crystallization
  3. Melting or boiling point
  4.  Both (1) and (3)

Answer: 4.  Both (1) and (3)

Question 92. Lassaigne’s test for the detection of nitrogen fails in—

  1. H2N—CO—NHNH2.HCI
  2. NH2—NH2HCI
  3. C6H5—NH —NH2. HCl
  4.  C6H5CONH2

Answer: 2. NH2—NH2HCI

Question 93. Among the following, the achiral amino acid is—

  1. 2-ethylamine
  2. 2-dimethylglycine
  3. 2-hydroxymethyl serine
  4. Tryptophan

Answer: 3. 2-hydroxymethyl serine

Question 94. Arrange the following nucleophiles in the decreasing order of nucleophilicity—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophilicity

Answer:  4

Organic Chemistry MCQs NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 95. Which ofthe following is an electrophile—

  1. CCl2
  2. CH3
  3. H2O
  4. NH3

Answer: 1. CCl2

Question 96. Give IUPAC the name ofthe following compound—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 1Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Names

  1. 5-hydroxy cyclo hex-3-en-1-one
  2. 3-hydroxy cyclo hex-5-en-1-one
  3. 8-hydroxy cyclo hex-3-en-1-one
  4. 7-hydroxy cyclo hex-5-en-1-one

Answer:  1. 5-hydroxy cyclo hex-3-en-1-one

Question 97. Which of the following is the correct order of acidic strength of the following compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Order Strength

  1. 1 > 2> 3
  2. 2 > 3> 1
  3. 1 > 3> 2
  4. 3 > 2> 1

Answer:  2. 2 > 3> 1

Question 98. IUPAC name ofthe given compound is

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 1 Methoxybenzene

  1. 2-methoxy-4-bromonitrobenzene
  2. 3-bromo-6-nitro-l-methoxybenzene
  3. 3 -methoxy-4-nitrobromobenzene
  4. 5-bromo-2-nitro-l-methoxybenzene

Answer: 4. 5-bromo-2-nitro-l-methoxybenzene

Question 99. The number of <r- and n -bonds in the pent-1-en-4-one molecule is respectively—

  1. 8 and 2
  2. 10 and 3
  3. 6 and 4
  4. 7 and 2

Answer: 2. 10 and 3

Question 100. The hybrid orbitals involved in the formation of the C2— C3 bond in the following compound, CH2=CH — CH2—CH2—C≡CH are—

  1. sp-sp²
  2. sp-sp³
  3. sp²-sp³
  4. sp³-sp³

Answer: 3.  sp²-sp³

Question 101. The increasing order of electronegativity of the carbon atoms C-2, C-3 and C-4 in the compound CH3 — C=C — CH2 — CH=CH2 is—

  1. C-3 < C-2 < C-4
  2. C-4 < C-3 < C-2
  3. C-2 < C-4 < C-3
  4. C-3 < C-4 < C-2

Answer: 1.  C-3 < C-2 < C-4

Question 102. CH3CONH2→CH3CN; In this conversion, the change in the hybridization state of the carbon atom of the functional group is—

  1. sp³-sp
  2. sp³-sp
  3. sp-sp³
  4. sp³-sp³

Answer: 2. sp³-sp

Question 103. The correct shapes of CCl4 and CCl2=C=C=CCl2 molecules are respectively

  1. Linear and tetrahedral
  2. Planar and pyramidal
  3. Tetrahedral and planar
  4. Tetrahedral and linear

Answer: 3. Tetrahedral and planar

Question 104. The number of C and H-atoms that lie in the same plane in a toluene (C6H5CH3) molecule is respectively—

  1. 7 and 5
  2. 6 and 5
  3. 7 and 3
  4. 6 and 3

Answer: 1.  7 and 5

Question 105. The number of primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary carbon atoms in 2,2,4-trimethylpentane is respectively—

  1. 5,1,1 and 1
  2. 1,1,1 and 5
  3. 4,1,1 and 2
  4. 1,5,1 and 1

Answer: 1. 5,1,1 and 1

Question 106. The number of primary, secondary, and tertiary H-atoms in the molecule is respectively—

  1. 14,9 and 2
  2. 15,9 and 1
  3. 15,8 and 2
  4. 15,8 and 1

Answer: 4.  15,8 and 1

Question 107. In which of the following molecules does all the atoms lie on the same straight line—

  1. HC = C—C = CH
  2. HC = C—CH3
  3. HC≡CN
  4. C3O2

Answer: 2. HC = C—CH3

Question 108. Hybridisation states of C-2, C-3, C-5 and C-6 in the com¬pound, (CH3)3CCH =CHCHC=CH are respectively—

  1. sp, sp³, sp² and sp³
  2. sp³, sp², sp² and sp
  3. sp, sp², sp² and sp³
  4. sp, sp², sp³ and sp²

Answer: 1. sp, sp³, sp² and sp³

Question 109. IUPAC name of the compound,

  1. 1,1-diethyl-2,2-dimethyl pentane
  2. 4,4-dimethyl-5,5-diethyl pentane
  3. 5,5-diethyl-4,4-dimethyl heptane
  4. 3-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl heptane

Answer: 4.  3-ethyl-4,4-dimethyl heptane

Question 110. IUPAC name of the compound,

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Methyl

  1. 4-propyl-3-methylhex-5-en-2-one
  2. 3-propyl-5-methylhex-l-en-5-one
  3. 3-methyl-4-propyl hex-5-en-2-one
  4. 3-methyl-4-vinylheptan-2-one

Answer:  3.  3-methyl-4-propyl hex-5-en-2-one

Question 111. Bond lengths of C—H, C—O, C—C and C follow the sequence—

  1. C—H < C — O < C—C < C=C
  2. C—H < C=C < C—O< C — C
  3. C—C<C=C<C—O<C—H
  4. C—O<C—H<C—C<C=C

Answer: 2. C—H < C=C < C—O < C — C

Question 112. IUPAC name of the compound

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrobenzene

  1. 1-chloro-2-nitro-4-methylbenzene
  2. 1-chloro-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene
  3. 2-chloro-1-nitro-5-methylbenzene
  4. m-nitro-p-chlorotoluene

Answer:  2. 1-chloro-4-methyl-2-nitrobenzene

Question 113. The correct IUPAC name of the alkyl group is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkyl Group

  1. 2-ethyl-3-sec-butyl propyl
  2.  2,4-diethyl pentyl
  3. 2-ethyl-4-methyl hexyl
  4. 2-methyl-4-Ethylhexyl

Answer: 3.  2-ethyl-4-methyl hexyl

Question 114. The hybridization states of the carbon atom of the amido and cyano groups are respectively—

  1. sp³ and sp²
  2. sp² and sp
  3. sp and sp²
  4. sp³ and sp

Answer: 2.  sp² and sp

Question 115. Which of the following pair of compounds are isomers—

1. CH3CH2OH, CH3OCH3

2. CH3OC3H7, C2H5OC2H5 .

3. CH3CH2CHO, CH3COCH3

4.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Compound Isomers

Answer: 4.

Question 116. Two aliphatic compounds will not be considered isomers if they are—

  1. Aldehyde and ketone
  2. Ether and alcohol
  3. Ether and aldehyde
  4. Carboxylic acid and ester

Answer: 3.  Ether and aldehyde

Question 117. The number of organic compounds with molecular formula C4H10 is—

  1. 7
  2. 5
  3. 6
  4. 8

Answer: 1. 7

Question 118. Only a monosubstituted compound is obtained when an alkane reacts with chlorine in the presence of UV light. The alkane is—

  1. Propane
  2. Pentane
  3. Butane
  4. Cyclohexane

Answer: 4.  Cyclohexane

Question 119. Two enantiomers rotate the plane of polarisation of plane polarised light

  1. In different directions but keeping the angle the same
  2. In the same direction but with different angles
  3. In the same direction and the same angle
  4. In different directions with different angles

Answer: 1.  In different directions but keeping the angle the same

Question 120. Which of the following is an optically active compound—

  1. CH3CHClCH=:CH2
  2. CH3CHCl2
  3. Meso-tartaric acid
  4. CH3CH=C=CH2

Answer: 1.  CH3CHClCH=:CH2

Question 121. Which of the following compounds exhibit both geometrical and optical isomerism—

  1. CH3CHClCH=C(CH3)2
  2. CH3CH=CH — CHBrCH2CH3
  3. CH2=C=CH—CH=CHCH3
  4. CH3CH2CH=CH2

Answer: 2.  CH3CH=CH — CHBrCH2CH3

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 122. Which of the following compounds does not exhibit tautomerism—

  1. CH3CH2N=O
  2. CH3NO2
  3. CH3COCH3
  4. (CH3)3CCOC6H5

Answer: 4.  (CH3)3CCOC6H5

Question 123. The enol content in which of the following compounds is maximum—

1. CH3COCH2COCH3

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Enol Content

3. CH3COCH3

4. CH3CHO

Answer: 1. CH3COCH2COCH3

Question 124. The optically active alkane of the lowest molecular mass which is also chiral is—

  1. 3-methyl hexane
  2. 2, 3-dimethyl pentane
  3. 2-methyl hexane
  4. 2,5-dimethyl hexane

Answer: 1.  3-methylhexanec

Question 125. Which of the following compounds possesses a center of symmetry—

  1. Trans-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane
  2. Cis-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane
  3. Trans-1-ethyl-3-methyl cyclobutane
  4. Cis-l-ethyl-3-methyl cyclobutane

Answer: 1.  Trans-1,3-dimethylcyclobutane

Question 126. The compounds ds-2-butene and Frans-2-butene can be differentiated by

  1. The number of products obtained due to their chlorination
  2. The number of products obtained due to their bromination
  3. Their reaction with H2 in the presence of a nickel catalyst
  4. Their respective boiling points

Answer:  4. Their respective boiling points

Question 127. Which of the following is optically active—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Optically Active

Answer: 4.

Question 128. Which of the following is non-superimposable on its mirror image—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Mirror Image

Answer: 3

Question 129. The number of structural isomers that are formed when one H-atom of diphenylmethane  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Diphenymethane is substituted by chlorine is—

  1. 4
  2. 6
  3. 8
  4. 7

Answer: 1. 4

Question 103. The number of isomers formed by a compound whose molecular formula is C2BrClFI is—

  1. 3
  2. 4
  3. 5

Answer: 4. 6

Question 131. NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydroxyacid  In this reaction, the hydroxy acid obtained is—

  1. (+)-enantiomer
  2. (-)-enantiomer
  3. 50% (+) and 50% (-)- enantiomer
  4. 20% (+) and 80% (-)-enantiomer

Answer: 3.  50% (+) and 50% (-)- enantiomer

Question 132. Which of the following compounds will produce the most stable carbocation in the presence of an acid—

  1. (CH3)2CHCH2OH
  2. CH2=CH—CH2OH
  3. (CH3)2CHOH
  4. (CH3)3COH

Answer: 2. CH2=CH—CH2OH

Question 133. The correct order of stability of the given carbanions:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbanions

  1. 1>2>3
  2. 2>1>3
  3. 3>2>1
  4. 2>3>1

Answer: 1. 1>2>3

Question 134. The most stable carbocation is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocation

Answer: 4.

Question 135. The most stable carbanion is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbanion

Answer:  2

Question 136. Carbocation which does not undergo rearrangement is-

  1. (CH3)2CH+CH2
  2. (CH3)2CH+CHCH3
  3.  (CH3)3+C
  4. (CH3)3C+CH2

Answer: 3.  (CH3)3+C

Question 137. Which of the following carbocations is quite stable and can even be stored in the laboratory as a salt— in which hyperconjugation does not occur—

  1. (CH3)2 +CH
  2. (C6H5)3+C
  3.  CH2=CH-+CH2
  4. +CH2CH2C6H5

Answer: 2. (C6H5)3+C

Question 138. Which of the given alicyclic compounds is most active—

  1. C6H5C(CH3)3
  2. C6H5CH3
  3. (CH3)2C=CH2
  4. CD3CH=CH2

Answer: 1. C6H5C(CH3)3

Question 139.  Which of the given resonance structures is most stable—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Resonance

Answer: 4

Question 140. Which ofthe given alicyclic compounds is most active—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alicyclic

Answer: 2.

Question 141.

  1. CH3
  2. CH3CH2
  3. CH2=CHCH2
  4. C6H5CH2

The correct order of stability of these free radicals is—

  1. 1>2>3>4
  2. 3>2>1>4
  3. 4>3>2>1
  4. 4>7>2>3

Answer: 3. 4>3>2>1

Question 142. The structures of carbocation and carbanion are respectively—

  1. Linear and planar
  2. Trigonal planar and trigonal pyramidal
  3. Tetrahedral and trigonal planar
  4. Trigonal pyramidal and tetrahedral

Answer: 2.  Trigonal planar and trigonal pyramidal

Question 143. The correct order of stability of the given three carbanions is—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Carbanions

Answer: 3

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 144. Which of the following alkenes is most stable—

  1. (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2
  2. (CH3)2C=CHCH2CH3
  3. CH3CH2CH=CHCH2CH3
  4. CH3CH2CH2CH2CH=CH2

Answer: 1.  (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2

Question 145. In which of the following compounds, the extent of resonance between the benzene ring and halogen atom is maximum—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Halogen Atom

Answer: 1

Question 146. The compound whose basicity is maximum in gaseous and aqueous medium is—

  1. NH3
  2. CH3NH2
  3. (CH3)2NH
  4. (CH3)3N

Answer: 3. (CH3)2NH

Question 147. (+)-1-Chloro-1-phenylethane undergoes racemization in the presence of a small amount of SbCl5.The intermediate formed in this process is—

  1. A carbene
  2. A carbocation
  3. A carbanion
  4. A free radical

Answer: 2.  A carbocation

Question 148. In which of the following compounds, the presence of nitrogen cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test

  1. NH2NH2.HCI
  2. C6H5NHNH2.HCI
  3. PhN≡NPh
  4. NH2CONH2

Answer: 1.  NH2NH2.HCI

Question 149. Which of the following compounds is responsible for the formation of Prussian blue during the detection of nitrogen by Lassaigne’s test

  1. Na4[Fe(CN)6]
  2. Fe4[Fe(CN)6]
  3. Fe2[Fe(CN)6]
  4. Fe3[Fe(CN)6]2

Answer: 2.  Fe4[Fe(CN)6]

Question 150. The process by which essential oils can be extracted from flowers is

  1. Distillation
  2. Crystallization
  3. Vacuum distillation
  4. Steam distillation

Answer: 4.  Steam distillation

Question 151. The process that is suitable for detecting two different types of ink in any handwritten ancient document is

  1. Column chromatography
  2. Solvent extraction
  3. Distillation
  4. Thin layer chromatography

Answer: 4.  Thin layer chromatography

Question1 52. Detection of which of the following functional groups is required to confirm the presence of nitrogen in the corresponding compound—

  1. Amido
  2. Carboxyl
  3. Carbonyl
  4. Alkoxycarbonyl

Answer: 1.  Amido

Question 153. Which of the following compounds does not exhibit geometrical isomerism—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometric Isomer

Answer: 3.

Question 154. The number of geometrical isomers of the compound, CH3CH=CH — CHCH3 is_____

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 1.  3

Question 155. Types of non-equivalent H-atoms in CH3CH(OH)CH(OH)CH3

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 6

Answer: 3. 3

Question 156. The number of compounds formed on monobromination

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Monobromination  is_________ 

  1. 3
  2. 2
  3. 5
  4. 4

Answer: 4.  4

Question 157.  Types of non-equivalent H-atoms in 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques H Atoms

  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 6

Answer: 2. 4

Question 158. The double bond equivalent of C8H9CIO is—

  1. 4
  2. 6
  3. 3
  4. 2

Answer: 1.  4

Question 159. The correct order of basicity of

  1. CH3NH2
  2. (CH3)2NH and
  3. (CH3)3N

in chlorobenzene is—

  1. 1<3< 2
  2. 2 <3< 1
  3. 1< 2< 3
  4. 2< 1< 3

Answer: 3. 1< 2< 3

Question 160. The correct order of stability of 

1. (CH3)2+CH

2. CH3+CHOCH3

3. ClCH2+CHCH3 is—

  1. 1> 2 > 3
  2. 2 > 3 > 1
  3. 2 > 1> 3
  4. 3 > 2 > 1

Answer: 3.  2 > 1> 3

Question 161. The correct order of stability of these carbanions is—

1. CH3CH —CO —CH3

2. CH3CH2-CO- CH2 and

3.  CH2CH2— CO — CH

  1. 3<1<2
  2. 1<3<2
  3. 2<3<1
  4. 3<2<1

Answer: 1. 3<1<2

Question 162. In Kjeldahl’s method, CuSO4 is used to—

  1. Catalyze the reaction
  2. Oxidise the reaction
  3. Reduce the reaction
  4. Increase boiling point

Answer: 1. Catalyse the reaction

Question 163. The number of optically active isomers among five probable alcohols of molecular formula C4H10O is—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 2

Question 164. Which compound gives the most unstable enol—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Atom

Answer: 1.

Question 165. If 3.4% sulfur is present in insulin, then the minimum molecular mass of insulin will be—

  1. 350
  2. 470
  3. 560
  4. 940

Answer: 4. 940

Question 166. The number of enantiomer pairs formed on monochlorination of 2,3-dimethylbutane is—

  1. 1
  2. 2
  3. 3
  4. 4

Answer: 1. 1

Question 167. There are three different asymmetric carbon atoms in a compound. The number of possible stereoisomers of this compound is—

  1. 8
  2. 3
  3. 9
  4. 6

Answer: 1. 8

Question 168. In which of the following compounds, the nucleophilic character of N-atom is maximum—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques N Atom

Answer: 1

Question 169. Which of the following resonance structures is incorrect 

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Order Of Acidity

  1. x>z>y
  2. z>x>y
  3. x>y>z
  4. z>x>y

Answer: 3. x>y>z

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 170. The number of electrons in the p-orbital of methyl cation is—

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. None of these

Answer: 4. None of these

Question 171. Which compound can exhibit geometrical isomerism—

  1. Acetone-oxime
  2. Isobutene
  3. Acetophenone-oxime
  4. Benzophenone-oxime

Answer: 3. Acetophenone-oxime

Question 172. In the given compound, the hydrogen atom is linked to which carbon atom is most acidic—

  1. Cα
  2. Cβ
  3. Cγ
  4. Cδ

Answer:   4. Cγ

Question 173. In which of the following molecules, all the constituent carbon atoms have the same state of hybridization—

  1. HC≡C —C≡N
  2. CH3—C≡C —CH2CH3
  3. CH2=C=C=CH2
  4. CH2=CH —CHO

Answer: 4.  CH2=CH —CHO

Question 174. In which of the following molecules, all the atoms lie in the same plane—

  1. CH2=C=CH2
  2. CCI2=C=C=CH2
  3. C6H5C=CH
  4. CH2=CH—C=CH

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 175. Which of the following express a homologous series—

  1. Methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol
  2. 1-hexene, 2-hexene, 3-hexene
  3. Formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid
  4. Methane, methanol, methanal

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 176. Which of the following statements is incorrect—

  1. Heat of hydrogenation of CH3CH2CH=CH2 is less than that of (CH3)2C =CH
  2. CCl3 is more stable than CF3
  3. The bond lengths of three carbon-oxygen bonds in carbonate (CO2-3) ions are not equal.
  4. Free radicals are paramagnetic

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 177.  Which of the following orders of stability are correct—

  1. CH3+CHOCH3 > CH3+CHCH2OCH3
  2. F+CH2>FCH2+CH2
  3. PhCH2+CH2>Ph+CH2
  4. FCH2COO< CH3COO

Answer:   a and 2

Question 178. Which process is not represented correctly—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Not Represented

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 179. Which ofthe following sets represent only electrophiles ______

  1. BF3, NH3, H2O
  2. AICI3, SO3, +NO2
  3. +NO2, +CH3, CH3+CO
  4. C2H5, C2H5, C2H+5

Answer:  2 and 3

Question 180. Delocalisation in hyperconjugation occurs—

  1. In the case of rr -bond electrons of the C — H bond of any alkyl group directly linked to a double bond (f)
  2. In the case of cr -bond electrons of the C — H bond of any alkyl group directly linked to a positive carbon atom
  3. In the case of a-electrons of C=C
  4. In the case of a lone pair of electrons

Answer:  1 and 2

Question 181. Which of the following statements is incorrect—

  1. Sodium extract is first boiled with dilute HC1 during the detection of halogens by Lassaigne’s test
  2. If in an organic compound, both nitrogen and sulfur are present, then blood-red coloration is observed during the detection of nitrogen by Lassaigne’s test
  3. Organic compounds that dissociate at their melting points are purified by vacuum distillation
  4. In paper chromatography, the stationary phase is solid while the mobile phase is liquid

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 182. Which of the following compounds give a red coloration in Lassaigne’s test during the detection of nitrogen

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrogen Atom

Answer:  3 and 4

Question 183. Which of the following mixtures is responsible for blue coloration in Lassaigne’s test during the detection of N—

  1. NH2NH2 + charcoal
  2. NH4Cl + NaNO3
  3. C6H5COOH + NaNO3
  4. NH2NH2 + NH4Cl

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 184. In which of the following structures, the arrangement of the four groups/atoms is different from that of  _________ 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Atoms Different

Answer:   1 and 3

Question 185. Which ofthe following are optically active compounds ___________

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Active Compounds

Answer:  2 and 3

Question 186. In which of the following compounds, is the number of hypercoagulable hydrogen atoms is same—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hypercongugable

Answer:  2 and 4

Question 187. For which of the following compounds, is the number of compounds formed on monobromination are same—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bromination

Answer:   1 and 2

Question 188. The carbocations which attain stability by resonance are___

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations.

Answer: 1,3, and 4

Question 189. Mixtures that can be separated by simple distillation are

  1. A mixture of ether and toluene
  2. A mixture of hexane and toluene
  3. A mixture of benzene and chloroform
  4. A mixture of 95% ethanol and 5% water

Answer:  1 and 3

NCERT Class 11 Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 190. Compounds that can be purified by steam distillation are—

  1. Acetic acid
  2. o-nitrophenol
  3. Ethanol
  4. Nitrobenzene

Answer:  2 and 4

Question 191. Which of the following statements is incorrect—

  1. Quantitative estimation of nitrogen in any compound can be done by Kjeldahl’s method
  2. Quantitative estimation of sulfur in organic compounds can be done by the Dumas method
  3. Quantitative estimation of halogens in organic compounds can be done by the Carius method
  4. In Liebig’s method of detecting carbon and hydrogen in organic compounds, carbon is converted into carbon dioxide while hydrogen is converted into water

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 192. In which of the following processes, any organic liquid vapourises below its boiling point—

  1. Vacuum distillation
  2. Distillation
  3. Steam distillation
  4. Sublimation

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 193. Which exhibit optical and geometrical isomerism—

  1. CH3CHCICH=CH2
  2. CH3-CHCI —CH=CH2
  3. CH3CH=CH— CH(CH3)2
  4. CH3CH=CH—CH=C=CHCH3

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 194. Which of the following are correct statements—

  1. (CF3)3C+ is more stable than (CH3)3C+ ,
  2. Na+does did not act as an electrophile
  3. Ph3C+ can be stored in the form of Ph3C+BF4 salt
  4. CH3CH2O is less stable than O2NCH3CH2O

Answer:  2 and 3

Question 195.  The nucleophilic reagents are—

  1. OH
  2. : NH3
  3. CCl2
  4. CN

Answer: 1,2 and 4

Question 196. The electrophilic reagents are—

  1. +NO2
  2. Cl+
  3. H2O
  4. SO3

Answer: 1, 2, 4

Question 197. Which of the following statements regarding Lassaigne’s test are correct—

  1. N, S, and halogens are detected by converting them into their corresponding inorganic salts
  2. This test is done to detect N, S, and hydrogen
  3. Organic compounds are fused with sodium metal
  4. Different halogens can be distinguished

Answer:  1,3 and 4

Question 198. Which of the following exhibits keto-enol tautomerism—

  1. C6H5COC6H5
  2. C6H5COCH=CH2
  3. C6H5COCH2COCH3
  4. CH3COCH2COCH3

Answer:  2. C6H5COCH=CH2

Question 199. Which of the following do not exhibit optical activity—

  1. 3-methyl-l-pentene
  2. 2-methyl-2-pentene
  3. 4-methyl-l-pentene
  4. 3-methyl-2-pentene

Answer: 2,3, and 4

Question 200. The correct statements are—

  1. A racemic mixture is an equimolecular mixture of a pair of enantiomers
  2. Configuration of a molecule means a stable three-dimensional arrangement of the groups attached to a specific atom of the molecule
  3. The melting & boiling points of 2 enantiomers are different
  4. A molecule may be optically active or inactive if more than one asymmetric carbon is present in the molecule

Answer: 1,2 and 4

Question 201. Which of the following are planar—

  1. Ferf-butyl radical
  2. Ferf-butyl carbocation
  3. Ferf-butyl carbanion
  4. Allyl carbanion

Answer: 1,2 and 4

Question 202. Which can act as both electrophile and nucleophile—

  1. CH3OH
  2. CH3Cl
  3. CH3CN
  4. HCHO

Answer: 3 and 4

Question 203. Which of the following can act neither as an electrophile nor as a nucleophile

  1. H3O+
  2. R4N+
  3. CN
  4. SO3

Answer: 1 and 2

Question 204. Which of the following conditions favor E2 reaction—

  1. A strong base of high-concentration
  2. A solvent of low polarity
  3. 3° alkyl halide as the substrate
  4. Alkyl iodide

Answer: 1,2,3,4

Question 205. Compounds that will not exhibit geometrical isomerism—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometric Isomer

Answer:  1,2,3,

Question 206. In which ofthe following, a plane of symmetry is present—

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Plane Symmetry

Answer: 1,2,4

Question 207. Three stereoisomers of CH2YZ are possible if the tire structure of methane is—

  1. Rectangular planar
  2. Square planar
  3. square pyramidal
  4. Octahedral

Answer: 1 and 2

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Short Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Why does distillation purify impure glycerol-reduced pressure?
Answer:

The boiling point of glycerol is 563K under normal pressure and it undergoes decomposition below this temperature. Thus, simple distillation cannot be used for its purification. Under a reduced pressure of 12 mm Hg, the boiling point of glycerol is reduced and then at 453 K, it can be distilled without getting decomposed.

Question 2. Why is it necessary to use acetic acid and not sulphuric acid for the acidification of sodium extract for testing sulfur by lead acetate test?
Answer:

To detect the presence of sulfur, sodium extract is acidified with acetic acid because lead acetate being soluble does not interfere with the test. If sulphuric acid is used, lead acetate will react with sulphuric acid to form a white precipitate of lead sulfate which will interfere with the test.

Pb(CH3COO)2  ( Lead acetate )+ H2SO4 →PbSO(Lead sulphate)↓(White) + 2CH3COOH

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Short Answer Questions

Question 3. The presence of N in hydroxylamine hydrochloride cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test—why?
Answer:

When hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH.HCl) is fused with metallic sodium, NaCN is not obtained as the compound contains no carbon. Thus, the presence of nitrogen in this compound cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test.

Question 4. How can it be possible to detect the presence of nitrogen in hydrazine hydrochloride?
Answer:

During fusion of the compound with metallic sodium if some starch or charcoal is added, carbon of starch or charcoal combines with nitrogen of the compound to form NaCN which will further indicate the presence of nitrogen in the compound a proton. On the other hand, no such steric inhibition occurs in N, N-dimethylaniline because the two orlp H-atoms are relatively much smaller in size. The unshared electron-pair on N-atom becomes involved In resonance interaction with the ring and therefore, is not fully available for taking up a proton. This explains why N, N,2,6-tetramethylsilane is more basic than N, N -dimethylaniline.

Short Question and Answers Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12

Question 5. Chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform. Explain.
Answer:

CF3, tire conjugate base of fluoroform (CHF3), is stabilized by the -I effect of 3 F-atoms. But CCl3 the conjugate base of chloroform (CHCl3), is relatively more stabilized by the somewhat weaker -I effect of 3 Cl-atoms along with d-orbital resonance (Cl has vacant d-orbital). So chloroform is more acidic than fluoroform.

Question 6. How can you separate benzoic acid and nitrobenzene from their mixture by the technique of extraction using an appropriate chemical reagent?
Answer:

The mixture is shaken with a dilute sodium bicarbonate solution when benzoic acid gets converted to sodium benzoate and dissolves in water leaving nitrobenzene behind. The mixture is extracted with ether or chloroform when nitrobenzene goes into the organic layer. After separating the organic layer, it is distilled to get nitrobenzene. The aqueous layer is acidified with dilute HCl when benzoic acid gets precipitated. It is obtained by filtration.

Question 7. Why is impure glycerol purified by distillation under reduced pressure?
Answer:

The boiling point of glycerol is 563K under normal pressure and it undergoes decomposition below this temperature. Thus, simple distillation cannot be used for its purification. Under a reduced pressure of 12 mm Hg, the boiling point of glycerol is reduced and then at 453 Kit can be distilled without getting decomposed.

Question 8. Why is it necessary to use acetic acid and not sulphuric acid for the acidification of sodium extract for testing sulfur by lead acetate test?
Answer:

To detect the presence of sulfur, sodium extract is acidified with acetic acid because lead acetate being soluble does not interfere with the test. If sulphuric acid is used, lead acetate will react with sulphuric acid to form a white precipitate of lead sulfate which will interfere with the test.

Question 9. The presence of N in hydroxylamine hydrochloride cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test—why? p
Answer:

When hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH HCl) is fused with metallic sodium, NaCN is not obtained as the compound contains no carbon. Thus, the presence of nitrogen in this compound cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test

Question 10. How can it be possible to detect the presence of nitrogen in hydrazine hydrochloride?
Answer:

During the fusion of the compound with metafile sodium if some starch or charcoal is added, carbon of starch or charcoal combines with nitrogen of the compound to form NaCN which will further indicate the presence of nitrogen in the compound.

Question 11. Can you separate two liquids A (b.p. 413 K) and B (b.p. 403 K) present in a mixture by simple distillation?
Answer:

The two components cannot be separated by simple distillation. This is because the vapors of both liquids will be formed simultaneously and will condense together in the receiver. The separation of these two liquids can be done by fractional distillation.

Question 12. Will CCl4 give a white precipitate of AgCl on heating it with silver nitrate solution? Give a reason for your
Answer.

When CCl4 is heated with AgNO3 solution, a white precipitate of AgCl will not be formed. This is because CCl4 being a covalent compound with a strong C— Cl bond does not ionize to give the Cl” ions required for the formation of the precipitate of AgCl.

Question 13. Is it possible to distinguish between phenylhydrazine hydrochloride and hydrazine hydrochloride by Lassaigne’s test? Give reason.
Answer:

Lassaigne’s test can be used to distinguish between phenylhydrazine hydrochloride (C6H5NHNH2 HCl) and hydrazine hydrochloride (NH2NH2 HCI). This is because the former containing carbon and nitrogen produces NaCN when fused with metallic sodium while the latter containing no carbon does not produce NaCN when fused with sodium.

Question 14. Define Rf value. What is called descending paper chromatography
Answer:

If the solvent is placed at the top and the upper end of the chromatography paper is dipped in it, then the solvent moves downwards. This is called descending paper chromatography.

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Short Q&A

Question 15. The tendency of carbon to exhibit catenation is much higher than that of Si and S—why
Ans.

The C— C bond dissociation enthalpy (348.6 kj. mol-1) is much higher than that of Si—Si (228.4 kj -mol-1) and S—S (224.2 kj- mol-1) bond dissociation enthalpies and since the formation of C—C bond is thermodynamically much favorable, the tendency of carbon to exhibit catenation is much higher than that of silicon and sulfur

Question 16. Melting and boiling points of organic compounds are usually very low— Why?
Answer:

Covalent organic compounds usually exist as single molecules. The attractive forces operating among these less polar or non-polar molecules are very low. As a result of this, the melting and boiling points of these compounds are usually very low

Question 17. Write the IUPAC name of the compound,  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Name Of The Compound mentioning the secondary prefix, primary prefix, a word root, primary suffix & secondary suffix respectively
Answer:

In the compound, the secondary prefix: is bromo (at C-3); the primary prefix: is cyclo; the word root: is pent; the primary suffix: is ane (e is to be omitted), and the secondary suffix: is ol (at C-l). Therefore, the IUPAC name of the compound is

Question 18. Which one of them is more pure and why?
Answer:

The first sample (boiling range: 76-78°C) Is more pure because its boiling range is shorter.

Question 19. The wind is on an azeotropic mixture? Give example.
Answer:

An azeotropic mixture is a mixture of two or more liquids having a constant boiling point. The most familiar example of an azeotropic mixture is a mixture of ethanol and water in the ratio of 95.6: 4.4. It boils at a temperature of 78.5°C.

Question 20. A mixture contains two organic solids, A and B. The solubilities of A and B in water are 12 g per 100 mL and 3 g per 100 mL respectively. How will you separate A and B from this mixture?
Answer:

The two components can be separated by fractional crystallization. When the saturated hot solution of this mixture is allowed to cool, the less soluble compound, B crystallizes out first leaving the more soluble compound, A in the mother liquor. The mother liquor is then concentrated and allowed to cool when the compound A crystallizes out.

Question 21. What is seeding?
Answer:

Seeding is a process of inducing crystallization by adding a crystal of the pure substance into its saturated solution.

Question 22. Suggest methods for the separation of the components in each of the following mixtures:

  1. A mixture of liquid A (b.p. 366 K) and liquid B (b.p. 355.5 K).
  2. A mixture of liquid C (b.p. 360 K) and liquid D (b.p. 420 K).

Answer:

  1. The two liquids, A and B can be separated by fractional distillation because the boiling points of them differ by just 10.5 K.
  2. The two liquids, C and D can be separated by simple distillation because the boiling points of them differ widely by 60 K.

Question 23. A mixture contains three amino acids. How can they be Identified?
Answer:

When the mixture is subjected to separation by paper chromatography, three spots on the paper become visible at different heights from the starting line by placing the paper under UV light. Then they can be identified by determining their Rf values and comparing these values with the Rf value of the pure compounds.

Question 24. The Rf values of X and Fin a mixture determined by TLC method in a solvent mixture are 0.75 and 0.52 respectively. If the mixture is separated by column chromatography using the same solvent mixture as the mobile phase, which of the two components, will elute first and why?
Answer:

The higher Rf value of X (0.75) indicates that it is less strongly adsorbed as compared to compound Y having a lower Rf value (0.52). Therefore, if the mixture is separated by column chromatography using the same solvent mixture as the mobile phase, X will be eluted first.

Question 25. Why is an organic compound fused with sodium for
Answer:

When an organic compound is fused with metallic sodium, these elements present in the compound are converted into water-soluble sodium salts (NaCN, NaX, and Na2S). The presence of cyanide ion (CN), halide ion (X), and sulfide ion (S2-) in the solution can then be 40 What is seeding? confirmed by using suitable reagents

Question 26.  What type of fission of a covalent bond produces free radicals? Give an example with a proper sign.
Answer;

Homolytic fission of covalent bonds produces free radicals.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Free Radicals

Question 27.

1. Write down the IUPAC name of the following compound

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 Bromo 2 Chloroethanol

Question 28. Draw the structure of the following compound: 3,4-dimethyl pentanoic acid
Answer:

1. 2-bromo-2-chloroethanol.

2.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 And 4 Dimethylpentanoic

Question 29. Draw the canonicals of CH3COOH and CH3COO. In which case resonance is more important?
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Less And Most Structures

Equivalent structures (more stable) Resonance is more important for CH3COO as it involves two equivalent resonating structures and the negative charge is always on the electronegative O-atom.

Question 30. Write the principle of estimation of carbon and hydrogen in an organic compound.
Answer:

A known amount of dry and pure organic compound is heated with cupric oxide(CuO) in a hard glass test tube. As a result, the carbon (C) and hydrogen (H) present in the compound are oxidized to carbon dioxide (CO2) and water (H2O ) respectively.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cupric Oxide

Knowing the amounts of CO2 and H2O formed in the reaction it is possible to calculate the percentages of C and H present in the compound.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Short Questions

Question 31.

  1. Write down the IUPAC name of the following compound: CH3COCH2CH – Cl – COCH3 sodium nit
  2. Write down the structural formula of the following compound: Hex-1 -en-4-one

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Chlorohexane

Question 32.

  1. Arrange the following radicals in increasing order of-I effect: I, Br, Cl, F’
  2. Write the structural formula of the following compound: 5-amino pent-3-enoic acid

Answer:

1. I <Br<Cl<P

2.   \(\mathrm{HOO} \stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}=\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2-\mathrm{NH}_2\)

Question 33.

  1. Whyis(CH3)3C+ more stable than CH3CH+2?
  2. Indicate the electrophilic center of the following compounds: CH3CHO, CH3CN.

Answer:

1. Due to the +1 effect of three electron-donating CH3 groups, (CH3)3C+ is more stable than CH3+CH2 (which contains only one CH3 group attached to C+).  Furthermore (CH3)3 C+ is stabilized by 9 hyper conjugative structures, while CH3CH2 is stabilized by only three hyper conjugative structures

2.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophilic Centre

Question 34. Name IUPAC name of the following:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Name Of The IUPAC

Answer:

  1. Propan-1,2,3-trio
  2. 3,3-dichlorobutanoic acid

Question 35. Explain the order of basicity of the following compounds:

  1. CH3—CH2— NH2
  2.  CH3 —CH=N H
  3. CH3—CH2—CN

Answer: CH3— CH2—CN < CH3—CH=N-H < CH3—CH2— NH2

Question 36. A compound having molecular formula CgH18 can form only one monobromo derivative. Draw the structure of the compound.
Answer:

Since, the compound forms only one monobromo derivative, all hydrogen atoms are equivalent. Electrophilic center CH3—C— H.

Thus the compound will be

Question 37. Is 2-hydroxypropanoic acid optically active? Explain.
Answer:

2-hydroxy propanoic acid \(\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3-\stackrel{2 *}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{OH})-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{OOH}\)1 is optically active as there is one chiral center situated at C-2

Question 38. Write the IUPAC names of the compound CH2=CHCH2CH2C=CH & CH3CH=CHCH2C=CH

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hex 1 ene 5 yene

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Short Questions

Question 39. Which of the two : O2NCH2CH2O or CH3CH2O is expected to be more stable and why?_
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques More Stable  Ion is more stable than the effect of the — NOz group causing the dispersal of ~ve charge on the O-atom. On the other hand, the —CH2CH3 group has a +1 effect which tends to intensify the -ve charge on the O -atom leading to the destabilization of the ion.

Question 40. Explain the reason for the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium for testing nitrogen, sulfur, and halogens.
Answer:.

Nitrogen, sulfur, and halogen atoms, present in organic Explain the reason for the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium for testing nitrogen, sulfur, and halogens. Ans. Nitrogen, sulfur, and halogen atoms, are present in organic.

Question 41. Name a suitable technique to separate the components from a mixture of calcium sulfate & camphor.
Answer:

Camphor is sublimable but CaSO4 is not Therefore sublimation of the mixture gives camphor on the inner surface of the funnel while CaSO4 is left in the china dish.

Question 42. Will CCl4 give a white precipitate of AgCl on heating it with silver nitrate? Give a reason for your answer.
Answer:

CCl4 is a covalent compound. Thus, it does not ionize to give Cl- ions. Hence AgNO3 does not react with CCl4 even under hot conditions to form a white precipitate of AgCl.

Question 43. Why is a solution of potassium hydroxide used to absorb carbon dioxide evolved during the estimation of carbon present in an organic compound?
Answer:

CO2 is an acidic oxide. Thus, it reacts with the strong base KOH to form K2CO3 (salt). 2KOH + CO2 →K2 CO3 + H2 O

So, during the estimation of carbon, an increase in the mass of the U-tube containing KOH solution is produced from the organic compound. Thus % of carbon in the organic compound can be estimated by using the equation:

⇒ \(\% \text { of carbon }=\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{\text { Mass of } \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { formed }}{\text { Mass of organic compound }} \times 100\)

Question 44. Why is it necessary to use acetic acid and not sulphuric acid for the acidification of sodium extract for testing sulfur by lead acetate test?
Answer:

For testing sulfur, the sodium extract is acidified with acetic acid because lead acetate remains soluble in an acetic acid medium and hence does not interfere with the test. If H2SO4 is used, lead acetate itself will react with H2SO4 to form a white precipitate of lead sulfate.

Pb(OCOCH3) + H2SO4→PbSO4 ↓ (white ppt)+ 2CH3COOH

Class 11 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Short Questions and Answers

Question 45. Explain why chlorine but not nitrogen in hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH-HCl) can be detected by Lassaigne’s test
Answer:

Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (NH2OH-HCl) contains nitrogen but does not contain carbon as an element. So, on fusion with metallic sodium, it cannot form sodium cyanide. Cyanide ion is essential to produce Prussian blue. Thus nitrogen cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test. However hydroxylamine hydrochloride contains chlorine as an element and so on fusion with Na, it forms NaCl. Thus, chlorine can be detected by Lassaigne’s test.

Question 46. Differentiate between the principles of Dumas’s method & Kjeldahl’s method.
Answer:

In Dumas’s method, the nitrogenous organic compound is decomposed to produce gaseous nitrogen. The measured volume of N2 is used to calculate the % of nitrogen in the given compound. In Kjeldahl’s method, the nitrogenous organic compound is decomposed to produce

(NH4)2 SO4 which is further decomposed to give NH3. The amount of NH3 so formed is used to calculate the % of nitrogen in the compound.

Question 47. 0.495 g of organic compound on combustion gave 0.99 g of CO2 and 0.405 g of water. Calculate the percentages of carbon and hydrogen in the compound
Answer:

Amount of C in die compound = \(\frac{12}{44} \times 0.99\) 0.99 = 0.27

Amount of H in die compound = \(\frac{2}{18} \times 0.405\) x 0.405 = 0.045

v % of C in the compound = \(\frac{12}{44} \times 0.99 \times \frac{100}{0.495}\) = 54.54

% of H in the compound = \(\frac{2}{18} \times 0.405 \times \frac{100}{0.495}\) = 9.09

Question 48. 0.50 g of an organic compound when analysed by Dumas method produced 62.0 mL of nitrogen at STP. Determine the percentage of nitrogen in the compound.
Answer:

Mass of 62.0 mL (STP) of N2 = \(\frac{28 \times 62.0}{22400}\)

-. % of N in the compound = \(=\frac{28 \times 62.0}{22400} \times \frac{100}{0.50}\)

= 15.5

Question 49. Is it possible to distinguish between hydrazine and phenylhydrazine by Lassaigne’s test? Give your reason.
Answer:

For the detection of nitrogen in an organic compound by Lassaigne’s test, the compound must contain both C and N, to permit the formation of NaCN.

Phenylhydrazine contains both C and N. So it gives a positive test for nitrogen in Lassaigne’s test. On the other hand, hydrazine contains nitrogen but does not contain carbon so it gives a negative test for nitrogen. Thus the two compounds can be distinguished by Lassaigne’s test.

Question 50. Give an example of a ketone that does not exhibit tautomerism.
Answer:

2,2,4,4-tetramethylpentan-3-one

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 2 4 4 Tetramethylpentan 3 one

Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Short Questions and Answers

Question 51. Arrange in the order of increasing enol content and give
CH3COCH3 , NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Organic Increasing Enol Content  , CH3 COCH2COCH3
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Enol Content.

Question 52. Write the structure and the IUPAC name of the alkane having the lowest molecular mass and which on bromination produces three monobromo derivatives.
Answer:

Pentane (CH3CH2CH2CH2CH3) is the desired hydrocarbon with the lowest molecular mass which contains three types of non-equivalent H-atoms.

Question 53. How many types of non-equivalent H -atoms are there in each of the following compounds

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Non Equivalent H Atoms

Answer:

(1) 2 types

(2) 3 types

(3) 4 types

(4) 6 types

(5) 5 types

(6) 7 types

(7) 2 types.

Question 54.  Write the structure and the IUPAC name of an alkane (C18H36) which on bromination produces only 1 monobromo derivative.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bromination

Question 55. Mention the type of substitution reactions in which the attacking reagents are NO2+, OH-, or Cl
Answer:

Attacking reagent NO2+ : Electrophilic substitution

Attacking reagent OH: Nucleophilic substitution.

Attacking reagent Cl : Free-radical substitution

Question 56. Suggest a method to purify:

  1. Iodine containing traces of common salt,
  2. Kerosene containing a little of water and
  3. Camphor contains little benzoic acid.

Answer:

  1. On sublimation, I2 sublimes leaving behind NaCl. Alternatively, I2 can be extracted with CCl4 and the extract on evaporation gives I2.
  2. Kerosene and water are immiscible liquids having different densities. So they can be separated by using a separating funnel.
  3. On boiling with water, benzoic acid dissolves but camphor remains insoluble, which can be separated by filtration (under hot conditions).

Question 57.  Suggested method for the separation of each of the following mixtures:

  1. A mixture of liquid (b.p. 365 K) and liquid B (b.p. 356K)
  2. A mixture of liquid C (b.p. 395 K) and liquid D (b.p. 360 K)

Answer:

  1. By fractional distillation
  2. By ordinary distillation.

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Question & Answers

Question 58. The Rj values of two compounds, X and Y in a mixture determined by TLC are 0.66 and 0.41 respectively. If the mixture is separated by column chromatography using the same solvent mixture as the mobile phase, which one of the two compounds will be eluted first and why?
Answer:

Compound X (Rj- = 0.66) will be eluted first. The component having a higher Rf value is adsorbed less strongly by the stationary phase (adsorbent) and hence it is eluted first.

Question 59. Give an example of each of

  1. Adsorption chromatography and
  2. Partition chromatography

Answer:

  1. Thin layer chromatography
  2. Paper chromatography

Question 60. Is it possible to get pure benzoic acid from a sample containing impurities of naphthalene through the process of crystallization using benzene as a solvent? Give reason.
Answer:

It is not possible to purify impure benzoic acid by recrystallization using benzene as a solvent because both naphthalene and benzoic acid are quite soluble in benzene. Purification is however possible if hot water is used as the solvent because benzoic acid is soluble in hot water but naphthalene is not

Question 61. Write down the bond-line structural formulas

  1. 2-methylbutane
  2. 3,3 -dimethyl hexane
  3. 2 -bromooctane and
  4. Chlorocyclopentane.

Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Line Structural

Question 62. Arrange in increasing order of strength and give reasons: CH2=CHCOOH, HC=CCOOH, CH3CH2COOH
Answer:

Electronegativity of the hybridized carbon atoms increases in the sequence Csp²<Csp²<Csp

The strength of carboxylic acid increases as the electronegativity of a carbon increases. This sequence of acid strength

⇒ \(\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{\alpha}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{COOH}<\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2=\stackrel{\alpha}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HCOOH}<\stackrel{\beta}{\mathrm{C}} \equiv \stackrel{\alpha}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{COOH}\)

Question 63.  Arrange the following free radicals in order of increasing stability and explain the order

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And TechniquesIncreasing Stability Order

The stability of alkyl free radicals increases as the number of a -hydrogens increases. This is so because the extent of delocalization of the unpaired electron of any free radical increases with an increase in the number of or-H atoms. Since the number of or-H atoms in (1), (2), and (3) are 1, ,5 and 0 respectively, the sequence of stability is given by: (3)< (1)< (2).

Question 64. Designate the species as electrophile or nucleophile obtained on heterolytic cleavage of the C— C bond in ethane.
Answer: 

Ethane undergoes heterolytic bond fission to give a carbocation (methyl cation, +CH3) and a carbanion (methyl anion, CH3 ). Methyl cation is an electrophile, while methyl anion is a nucleophile.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electrophile And Nucleophile

Question 65. Although BF4 is an anion, it is not a nucleophile—why?
Answer:

In BF4 ion the central boron atom is negatively charged but it does not have any unshared electron-pair to act as a nucleophile.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Not Nucleophile

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Warm-Up Exercise Question And Answers

Question 1. Why are the four C —Cl bonds in CCI, equivalent?
Answer:

In forming a CCI4 molecule, a carbon atom with sp³ -hybridization (containing four equivalent sp³ – hybrid orbitals) uses its hybrid orbitals to form four C — Cl bonds with four Cl -atoms. So these C— Cl bonds are all equivalent.

Question 2. Which atoms in each of the following molecules lie in the same line and why?
Answer:

1. SP -carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in the same line  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In Same Line

2. NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In Same Line.

Short Questions and Answers Organic Chemistry Class 11 Chapter 12

Question 3. A π-bond is weaker and more reactive than a σ-bond. Sp -carbon atoms and the atoms attached to them lie in
Answer: 

End-on overlap gives rise to σ -bonds, and lateral overlap gives rise to n -bonds. Die lateral overlap in a π-bond cannot be as effective as the overlap in a σ bond. Hence, a σ -bond is always stronger than a π -bond.

Question 4. What is the shape of each of the given compounds?

  1. H2C=O
  2. CH3CI
  3. HCN

Answer:

  1. Planar trigonal
  2. Tetrahedral
  3. Linear

Question 5. Arrange Csp—Csp, Csp² —Csp², and Csp³ —Csp³ σ -bonds in order of increasing bond length and explain the order.
Answer:
Csp—H < Csp²— H < Csp³ —H. For an explanation, see bond lengths

Question 6. Arrange Csp—Csp, Csp² —Csp², and Csp³ —Csp³ σtrbonds in order of increasing bond dissociation enthalpy and explain the order
Answer:

Csp³—Csp³, Csp² —Csp², and Csp —Csp  – For explanation see bond strength

Question 7. Which is the correct bond-line structural formula of CH3CH2C ≡ CCH2CH3NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Bond Line Structural
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Correct Bond Line Structural

Question 8. Identify the saturated compounds:

  1. CH3CH2CH=O
  2. C2H5OH

Answer:

  1. CH3CH2CHO and
  2. CH3CH2OH

Question 9. Write down the structure of an alkane that contains only primary (1°) carbon atoms and primary (1°) hydrogen atoms.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{\mathrm{l}^{\circ}}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1^{\circ}}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3\) – Ethane

Question 10. Give examples of the following:

  1. A mixed ether
  2. A tertiary alcohol,
  3. An aromatic aldehyde
  4. A mixed anhydride and (v)a secondary amine

Answer:

  1. Ethyl methyl ether (CH3CH2OCH3)
  2. Tert-butyl alcohol [(CH3)3COH]
  3. Benzaldehyde (C6H5CHO)
  4. Dimethylamine [(CH3)2NH]

Question 11. Arrange the following functional groups in order of preference as the principal functional groups:
Answer:  —CONH2,—NH2,—CHO, —CN, —COOH, —O

Question 12. Write the structures and IUPAC names of two metamers having molecular formula, C5H10O.
Answer: CH3COCH2CH2CH3 (but-2-one) and CH3CH2COCH2CH3 (pentane-3-one)

Question 13. Arrange the following atoms or groups in increasing order of -l effect: — L, —Br, —Cl, —F
Answer:
—I < —Br < —Cl < — F.

Question 14. Arrange in decreasing order of their strength and give Newtons; CH3CH2COOH > Me2CHCOOH > Me3CCOOH
Answer:

The strength of carboxylic acid decreases as the electron-releasing effect of the alkyl group attached to the —COOH group increases. Thus, acid strength decreases in the order: CH3CH2COOH > Me2CHCOOH > Me3CCOOH.

Organic Chemistry Techniques Short Q&A Class 11 NCERT

Question 15. Why is BU3N more basic than BuNH2, in the C6H5Cl medium?
Answer:

Chlorobenzene is an aphotic solvent. In such solvents, the basic strength of the amine increases as the number of electron-donating alkyl groups on the amino nitrogen increases.

Question 16. Explain the following observation
Answer:

Resonance is inhibited due to steric hindrance. So, electrophilic substitution at the p -position does not occur.

Question 17. Label the following carbonations as 1°, 2° or 3°:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocations
Answer:

(1)2° (2) 3° (3) 2° (4) 1°

Question 18. Which one of the two carb anions is less stable and why?
Answer:
The second one is less stable as it is an antiaromatic 4π -electron system).

Question 19.  What are the shapes of the free radicals CH3, CF3 and why?
Answer:

CF3: Pyramidal (sp³ -hybridised C-atom),

CH3 : Planar (sp² -hybridised C-atom)

Question 20. Why does: CCl2 act as an electrophile?
Answer: Dichlorocarbene is an electron-deficient molecule. There is only a sextet of elections in the valence shell of the carbon atom of this molecule (: CCl2). So this molecule acts as an electrophile (to fulfill the octet of carbon)

Question 21. Which one out of the SN1 and SN2 reactions is more susceptible to steric effect and why?
Answer:
The SN2 reaction is susceptible to steric effect because, in the transition state, the carbon atom undergoing nucleophilic attack is attached to five atoms or groups.

Question 22. Which of the following reactions do not involve an intermediate and why?— SN1, SN2, E1, E2
Answer: SN2 and E2 reactions are one-step processes and hence intermediate is not involved in such reactions

Question 23. Explain the reason for the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium in Lasagne’s test
Answer: The purpose of the fusion of an organic compound with metallic sodium is to convert nitrogen, sulfur, and halogen present in the organic compound to water-soluble sodium cyanide, sodium sulfide, and sodium halide respectively

Question 24. How will you purify a sample of benzoic acid that contains traces of common salt? 
Answer: By sublimation. Benzoic acid sublimes by, leaving behind NaCl.

Question 25. Explain why glycerol cannot be purified by simple distillation. Mention a method that can be useful.
Answer: Glycerol cannot be purified by simple distillation because it decomposes at its boiling point. It can however be purified by distillation under reduced pressure.

Question 26. How do you separate a mixture of o-nitro phenol and p-nitro phenol?
Answer: o -and p -nitro phenol can be separated from a mixture by steam distillation.

Note: o-nitro phenol is steam volatile

Question 27. In the fusion test of organic compounds, the nitrogen of an organic compound is converted to—sodium nitrate, sodium nitrify,  sodium amide, and sodium cyanide.
Answer: Sodium cyanide

Question 28. Why is Lasagne’s extract not prepared with tap water?
Answer: Tap water often contains chloride ions, which will interfere with the test for halogen.

Question 29. Write down the formula of Prussian blue.
Answer: Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3

Question 30. Why do diazonium salts not respond to Lasagne’s test?
Answer: Under hot conditions, diazonium salts decompose to liberate N2 gas, and hence they do not respond to Lasagne’s test for nitrogen.

Question 31. Beilstein test cannot be considered as a confirmatory test for the presence of halogen in a compound—why?
Answer: Many halogen-free compounds,

For example – Certain derivatives of  Pyridine and quinoline, purines, acid amides, urea, thiourea, cyano compounds, etc. Give this test, presumably owing to the formation of volatile copper cyanides.

Question 32. What is the role of CuSO4 and K2 SO4 used in Kjeldahl’s method for the estimation of nitrogen?
Answer: Potassium sulfate increases the boiling point of H2 SO4 and thus ensures a complete reaction, while copper sulfate catalyzes the reaction.

NCERT Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Short Questions & Answers

Question 33. Which method is used to estimate N in foodstuffs
Answer: Kjeldahl’s method is largely used for the estimation of nitrogen in foodstuffs, drugs, and fertilizers

Question 34. For which compounds, Kjeldahl’s method is not applicable for the estimation of nitrogen?
Answer: Kjeldahl’sand Techniques method does not apply to compounds] containing nitrogen in the ring

For example –  Pyridine, quinoline, etc.) and compounds containing nitrogen directly linked to an oxygen atom, NO2, or another nitrogen atom i.e., azo (— N=N— ) compounds.

Question 35. The weight of the compound is finally taken in the Carius method for the estimation of phosphorus
Answer: In this method, the amount of ammonium phosphomolybdic formed is weighed in the final step

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Very Short Question And Answers

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. Which property of carbon is responsible for forming straight chains, branched chains, or rings?
Answer: Catenation property of carbon.

Question 2. Wind are the reason fort the existence of a large number of organic compounds.
Answer:

Reasons are: 

  1. Catenation property of carbon
  2. Its tendency to combine with other non-metals and
  3. Phenomenon of isomerism exhibited by carbon compounds.

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

Question 3. Find the number of <r -and ;r -boud(s) in the molecule: CH3CH2CH==CH—C = 
Answer: Number of σ -bonds = 13 and number of π-bonds = 3

Question 4. Predict the state of hybridization of the starred carbon atoms: 

1. H*C ≡ CCH3

2. 

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbon Atoms

Answer:

  1. sp
  2. sp².

Question 5. What is the shape of the molecule: C6H6CN?
Answer: Planar.

Question 6. Give the shape of the molecule: HC ≡ C — C ≡CCl
Answer: Linear

Question 7. What is the state of hybridization of a carbon atom linked to two other atoms by two double bonds?
Answer: Sp -hybridization.

Question 8.  Arrange the following in order of increasing carbon-carbon bond length: ethane, ethylene, and acetylene.
Answer:

Acetylene (HC ≡ CH) < Ethylene (CH2=CH2) < Ethane (CH3—CH3).

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Class 11 Short Questions & Answers

Question 9. What will be the shape of a hydrocarbon molecule containing two sp² – & one sp³ -hybridized C-atom?
Answer: Three-dimensional.

Question 10.  Arrange in order of increasing bond dissociation enthalpy:  Csp— Csp  —Csp³ – Csp³ —, Csp² —Csp² 
Answer:

Csp³ — Csp³ < Csp² — Csp²  < Csp— Csp

Question  11. Arrange the starred C-atoms in the following compound in order of increasing s -character of their hybridization states:
1C*H32CH=3C*H—4CH=5*C=6CH—7CH28CH3
Answer:

C-1 <C-3<C-5.

Question  12. Which is the correct bond-line structural formula of CH2=CH—C = CCH2CH3 ?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line

Answer:

No. 2 s the correct bond-line structural formula.

Question 13. Write the names of an alicyclic compound and a heterocyclic compound.
Answer:

Cyclohexane and pyridine, respectively.

Question 14. Give one example of each benzenoid and non-benzenoid aromatic compound.
Answer: Toluene  NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tolueneand Azulene NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Azulene

Question 15. Write down the IUPAC name of the compound represented by the swastika sign.
Answer: 3,3-diethyl pentane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Swastika

Question 16. Which one is the correct name of an alkyne containing five carbon atoms? Pent-2-yne or Pent-3-yne
Answer: Pent-2-yne.

Question 17. Mention the name of the alkyl group that may be obtained by removal of one 2° H-atom from propane.
Answer: 
Isopropyl.

Question 18. How many alkyl groups are expected to be obtained from CH3CH2CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3 by the removal of different non-equivalent H -atoms?
Answer: Seven alkyl groups because there are seven types of non-equivalent H -atoms.

Question 19. Which of the following has no existence? 

  1. 1° H – atom
  2. 3° C -atom
  3. 2° H -atom
  4. 4°H -atom

Answer: 4°H-atom has no existence

Question 20. How many 4°C-atoms are there in 2,2.3,3- tetramethylbutane?
Answer:. The number of 4°C- atoms is 2.

Question 21. How many 3°H-atoms are there in 4-ethyl-2- methylhexan e?
Answer: The number of 3° H-atoms is 2.

Question 22. Write the bond-line structural formula of an alkane with five carbon atoms which has only primary hydrogen atoms.
Answer: Bond-line structure of the alkane:

Question 23. Give examples of two terminal functional groups.
Answer: . —COOH, — CHO

Question 24. How many univalent groups are expected to be obtained from toluene?
Answer: 4 univalent groups can be expected

Question 25. What are the primary suffixes used to write IUPAC names of CH3CH3, CH2=CH2, and HC ≡CH?
Answer: ‘anej ‘ene’ and ‘yne’ respectively.

Very Short Questions and Answers Class 11 Organic Chemistry Chapter 12

Question 26. Give an example of a saturated hydrocarbon that can be represented by the general formula, CnH2n.
Answer: Cyclopentane

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Cyclopentane

Question 27. How many 7r -bonds are there in 3-methylidene-l, 4- pentadiene?
Answer: The number of n -bonds is 3.

Question 28. Write the names of the alkyl group(s) that may be obtained from (CH3)4C.
Answer: Neopentyl or 2,2-dimethylpropyl.

Question 29. Write the IUPAC name of a hydrocarbon containing one sp, two sp² & two sp³ -hybridized C-atoms
Answer: Penta-2,3-diene or 3-methyIbuta-l,2-diene.

Question 30. How many alkyl groups are possible having the molecular formula, C4H9?
Answer: 4 different alkyl groups are possible.

Question 31. Which type of isomerism is exhibited by n-pentane and neopentane?
Answer: Chain isomerism.

Question 32. Write down the structure and the IUPAC name of the tautomer of butanal
Answer: CH3CH2CH=CH— OH (But-l-en-l-ol).

Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Solutions for Very Short Questions

Question 33. How many structural isomers will be obtained by the displacement of two H-atoms of propane by two Cl- atoms? Write their structures.
Answer: Question 65. A compFour (ClCH2CH2CH,Cl, ClCH2CHClCH3 , Cl2CHCH2CH3 and CH3CCl2CH3).

Question 34. Write structures and names of two compounds which are position isomers as well as metamers
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Metamers

Question  35. How are the two compounds, CH2=CHCH2CH3 and related to each other?
Answer: These two compounds are ring-chain isomers.

Question 36. Which two of the following are geometrical isomers?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometrical Isomerisms
Answer: 2 and 4 are geometrical isomers.

Question 37. Which of the following compounds do not exhibit geometrical isomerism

1. 
NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Not Geometrical Isomerism

2. PhCH=CHPh

3. Me2C=NOH

4. CH2=CH—CH=CH —CH=CH2

Answer:  1 and 3 do not exhibit geometrical isomerism

Question 38. Which of the given compounds are optically active?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques The Optically Active

Answer: 3 and 4 are optically active compounds

NCERT Class 11 Organic Chemistry Short Q&A Chapter 12

Question 39. Mention the type of the following reaction: Me3CCH2OH + HBr Me2CBrCH2CH3 + H2O
Answer: It is a substitution and rearrangement reaction.

Question 40. How many types of non-equivalent H-atoms are present in the given compound?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Non Equivalent H Atoms
Answer: Two types of non-equivalent H-atoms are present

Question 41. In which of the given compounds, all the H-atoms are; equivalent?

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Two Equivalent H Atoms

Answer: 1 and 3

Question 42. Calculate the double bond equivalent (DBE) of the compound having the molecular formula, C6H8 Is the compound aromatic?
Answer: DBE = 3 ; The compound is not aromatic

Question 43. How many monobrow derivatives are possible for each of Ortho, meta, and para-xylene?
Answer: Three, four, and two respectively

Question 44. Arrange the following groups in order of decreasing strength of -I effect groups in order of decreasing — +NR3, —NO2, —F, —CN.
Answer:  — +NR3 >NO2>—CN >—F

Question 45. Arrange the following free radicals in the decreasing order of their stability:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Free Radical Decrease Order

Answer: 5 >4>1>2>3

Question 46. In which C—C bond of CH3CH2CH2Br, the inductive effect is expected to be the least?
Answer: C-2 —C-3 bond.

Question 47. Arrange the following carbocations in increasing order of stability

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increase Order Of Stability

Answer: 4<2<1<3

Question 48. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of number of hypercoagulable hydrogen atoms:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hydrogen Atoms

Answer: 6<2<3<5 <4<1

Question 49. Arrange the following compounds in order of increasing bond dissociation enthalpy:

  1. CH3 — H
  2. (CH3)2CH-H
  3. (CH3)3C—H
  4. CH3CH2 —H

Answer: 3<2<4<1

Question 50. Arrange the following in increasing order of stability:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Increasing Order Stability

Answer: 4<2<3<1< 5

Question 51. How can aniline be purified?
Answer: By steam distillation as well as vacuum distillation.

Question 52. How can glycerol be purified?
Answer: By distillation under reduced pressure.

Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Short Questions Class 11

Question 53. Suggest a method to separate a mixture of o-hydroxybenzaldehyde and p-hydroxybenzaldehyde.
Answer: Steam distillation.

Question 54. How will you separate a mixture of two solid pounds of different solubilities in the same solvent?
Answer: By fractional crystallization.

Question  55. An organic liquid decomposes below its boiling point. How can it be purified?
Answer: By distillation under reduced pressure.

Question 56. Which technique can be used to purify iodine-containing traces of common salt?
Answer: Sublimation.

Question 57. Suggest a method for the purification of a liquid containing non-volatile Impurities.
Answer: Simple distillation

Question 58. How can aniline (b.p. 184°C) be separated from petroleum ether (b.p. 40-60°C)?
Answer: By simple distillation

Question 59. Out of water and benzene, which can be used to purify benzoic acid containing naphthalene by fractional crystallization?
Answer: Water (because both are soluble in benzene).

Question 60. Give an example of a chromatographic technique in which both the mobile and stationary phases are liquids
Answer: Paper chromatography.

Question 61. Mention two distillation processes in which organic liquids boil at temperatures below their respective boiling points. 
Answer: Distillation under reduced pressure & steam distillation.

Question 62. Explain why the Lassaigne’s extract should not be prepared by using tap water.
Answer: Because tap water contains chloride ion (Cl )

Question 63. Give an example of a compound that does not contain halogen but gives Beilstein’s test
Answer:  Pyridine (C6H5N)

Question 64. In Carius’s method for estimation of phosphorus, the precipitate of which compound is finally obtained?
Answer: Ammonium phosphomolybdate [(NH4)3PO4-12MoO3] or magnesium pyrophosphate (Mg2P2O7).

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Class 11 Very Short Questions & Answers

Question 65. Give an example of a nitrogenous organic compound to which Kjeldahl’s method for the estimation of nitrogen is not applicable.
Answer: Azobenzene (C6H5— N=N—C6H5)

Question 66. What is the C — C=C bond angle value in a benzene (C6H6) molecule?
Answer: 120°

Question 67.  What is the H — C = C bond angle value in an acetylene (C2H2) molecule?
Answer: 180°

Question 68.  Mention the state of hybridization of C and N-atoms in
Answer: sp, sp²

Question 69. Mention the state of hybridization of the carbon atoms present in the molecule, CH3CH =C =CHCH2CH3.
Answer: sp, sp, sp, sp, sp, sp

Question 70.  Give the name of a simple organic molecule that has a cylindrical n -electron cloud.
Answer: Acetylene

Question 71.  Give an example of a molecule in which all atoms lie in the same plane.
Answer: CH2=CH2

Question 72.  Give an example of a molecule in which all the atoms lie in a straight line.
Answer: HC = CH

Question 73. Calculate the number of cr and n -bonds in the molecule, CH3CH=CH—C = C —CHO.
Answer: σ -bond:12, π -bonds

Question 74. What are the possible values of n if CH2=(C)n—CH2 is a planar molecule?
Answer: n = 0,2,4, — etc

Question 75. What are the possible values of n if CH2— (C)nn=CH2 is a non-planar molecule?
Answer: n = 1, 3, 5, etc.

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 Short Answer Solutions

Question 76. Write the structure of a hydrocarbon molecule that contains one 4° carbon atom.
Answer:  (CH3)4C;

Question 77. Give an example of a compound that contains primary (1°), secondary (2°), and tertiary (3°) H -atoms.
Answer: CH3CH2CH(CH3)2

Question 78. How many alkyl groups can be derived from the alkane, CH3(CH2)3CH3?
Answer: Three

Question 79.  Write the group prefix used for the — COOH group.
Answer: ‘oic acid’;

Question 80.  Write the IUPAC name:
Answer: (3-ethyl-l-methyl)-pentyl -CH(CH3)CH2C(C2H5)CH2CH3

Question 81.  Write the IUPAC name: CH2=CH—CH=CH — C = CH
Answer: 
Hexa-l,3-dien-5-yne

Question 82.  Write the structure and name of an alkane having five C- atoms which on bromination gives only one monobromo derivative.
Answer: 
Neopentane [(CH3)4C];

Question 83. Write structures of two compounds which are metamers as well as position isomers.
Answer: CH3CO(CH2)2CH3, C2H5COC2H5

Question 84. Give an example of a carbonyl compound in which tautomerism does not take place.
Answer: Benzaldehyde (C6H5CHO)

Question 85.  Give an example of a 3° free radical containing six hyperconjugable hydrogens.
Answer: (CH3CH2)3C

Question 86.Which is the most stable carbocation having the formula,
Answer: Terf-butyl cation, Me3C

Question 87. Which has greater resonance stabilization—PhNH2 or PhNH3?
Answer: PhNH2

Question 88. Write the name of a cyclic compound that is isomeric with but-l-ene.
Answer: Cyclobutane

Question 89.  Write the names of two non-polar solvents that are commonly employed for crystallization.
Answer: Benzene and carbon tetrachloride

Question 90.  What type of furnace is used in the Carius method for the estimation of halogens?
Answer: Bomb furnace

Question 91. Mention the type of chromatography in which both the mobile and stationary phases are liquid.
Answer: Paper chromatography

Question 92. With the help of which type of distillation process glycerol can be purified?
Answer: Distillation under reduced pressure

Very Short Questions on Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Class 11

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques

Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. When four alkyl groups are attached to a carbon atom, that particular C-atom is called _______________
Answer:

Question 2. The shape of the molecule containing only sp² -hybridized carbon atoms is _______________
Answer: Planar

Question 3. The C-2 atom ofpropa-1,2-dieneis ________hybridised.
Answer: sp

Question 4. The shape of the molecule containing only sp-hybridized carbon atoms is_______________
Answer: Linear

Question 5. The successive members of a homologous series differ by _______________ mass units.
Answer: 14

Question 6. The molecule, HC = C—CH —CH — CH3 contains _______________ a -bonds.
Answer: 10

Question 7. The molecule contains_______________ 2°H -atoms.
Answer: 4

Question 8. The general formula of dihydric alcohol is _______________
Answer: CnH2n(OH)2

Question 9. The compound, 5-(l,2-dimethylpropyl)-6-ethyldecane contains _______________ 3° carbon atoms.
Answer: 4

Question 10. Stereoisomers have _______________ atom-to-atom bonding sequence or connectivity.
Answer: Same

Question 11. The number of isomers of a benzenoid aromatic compound having molecular formula, C7H8O is _______________
Answer: 5

Question 12. Ethoxyethane and 2-methoxy propane are related as _______________
Answer: 12 metamers

Question 13. The amount of negative charge present on each O-atom of carbonate ion is _______________
Answer: =-2/3

Very Short Questions on Organic Chemistry Chapter 12 NCERT Class 11

Question 14. The homolytic fission of a covalent bond requires _______________ energy than that required by its heterolytic c fission.
Answer: Less

Question 15. _______________ involves delocalization of σ -electrons of C — H bond of an alkyl group directly attached to an unsaturated system or to an atom with a vacant or singly p-orbital.
Answer: Hyperconjugation

Question 16. In paper chromatography, both the stationary and mobile phases are _______________
Answer: Liquid

Question 17. An impure sample of benzoic acid containing a little sodium chloride can be purified by _______________
Answer: Sublimation

Question 18. In steam distillation, the organic liquid boils at a _______________ temperature than its normal boiling point.
Answer: Lower

Question 19. In Cariu’s method of estimation, chlorine present in an organic compound is converted into _______________.
Answer: AgCl

Question 20. _______________ distillation is used to remove water from rectified spirit.
Answer: Azeotropic

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Classification And Nomenclature

It has been known from ancient times that minerals, plants, and animals are the three major sources of naturally occurring substances. However, very little information was known regarding their chemistry until the beginning of the eighteenth century. In 1675, Lemery classified the natural substances into three classes such as mineral substances, vegetable substances, and animal substances based on the sources from which they were obtained, and it was readily accepted.

  • In 1784, it was Lavoisier who first showed that all compounds derived from vegetable and animal sources always contained carbon and hydrogen and sometimes oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur, and even phosphorus. So, there is a dose relationship between the vegetable and animal products.

This led to the classification of natural substances into two categories: 

  1. Organic compounds: All those substances which were obtained from plants and animals, i.e., the substances which were obtained from living organisms and
  2. Inorganic compounds: All those substances that were obtained from non-living sources, such as rocks and minerals etc. This classification, however, found justification in the fact that in several cases, the same compound could be derived from both vegetable and animal sources.

A detailed investigation of the structure of the organic compounds revealed that almost all of them essentially contain both carbon and hydrogen atoms (hydrocarbon) and some of them also contain the atoms of a few other elements such as nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, halogens etc.

Read and Learn More CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes

Since these are formed by replacing the hydrogen atoms in the hydrocarbons by these atoms, therefore, these are regarded as derivatives of hydrocarbons.  Organic compounds are, therefore, hydrocarbons and their derivatives and the branch of chemistry that deals with the study of these compounds is known as organic chemistry.

Inorganic chemistry, on the other hand, is defined as the chemistry of all elements other than carbon and their compounds

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles and Techniques Class 11 Notes

Tetrahedral Arrangement Of The Four Valencies (Bonds) Of Carbon

In 1859, Kekule proposed that carbon exhibits the normal valency of four units in simple as well as complicated organic molecules and an atom of carbon is joined to other atoms by four covalent bonds which remain in a plane. Also, the angle between any two adjacent bonds is 90°.

  • This proposal, however, could not explain some special characteristics of organic compounds, and a change in Kekule’s theory was urgently required.
  • In 1874, both can’t Hoff and Le Bel predicted that the four bonds of a carbon atom are directed towards the four corners of a regular tetrahedron, i.e., the angle between any two adjacent bonds is I09°28′ (tetrahedral angle).
  • This representation is regarded as a tetrahedral model or space model. It was supported by electron diffraction and spectroscopic studies.
  • The tetrahedral arrangement of four bonds of carbon laid the foundation for a fascinating field of ‘stereochemistry It is for this reason, that the first Nobel Prize in chemistry was awarded to van’t Hoffin 1901

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tetrahedral

Explanation for the existence of a large number of organic compounds:

An important and interesting property of a carbon atom is its unique capacity to form bonds with other carbon atoms. This property of forming bonds with atoms of the same element is called catenation. Carbon shows maximum catenation in its group (group 14) in the periodic table.

This is because of the greater strength of the C —C bond as compared to other atoms. For example, the C— C bond is very strong (335 kj- mol-1 ) in comparison to the Si—Si bond (220 kj-mol-1 ) or Ge—Ge bond (167 kj – mol-1). As a result, carbon atoms can link with each other to form either linear chains of various lengths or branched chains and also rings of different sizes.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Chains And Rings

Again, two or more organic compounds having the same molecular formula may be formed. Compounds having the same formula but different properties are called isomers and the phenomenon is called isomerism.

Catenation and isomerism are the two properties of carbon that are responsible for the existence of a large number of organic compounds. Carbon is also involved in forming multiple bonds with other carbon atoms (C=C, C≡C) and also with oxygen (C—O) and nitrogen atoms (C=N, C≡N). Themultiplebondingis also responsible for the existence of a variety of carbon compounds.

Electronic explanation of the tetra covalency of carbon: Lewis’ theory:

In 1916, G.N. Lewis put forward the electronic concept regarding the formation of bonds. According to him, atoms with similar or almost similar electrochemical nature combine by forming one or more electron pair using odd electron(s) in their valence shells, and in this way, they attain stable electronic configurations (electron octets) of the nearest noble gases.

Carbon exists in group IVA of the second period of the periodic table. In the perspective of its position just between the electropositive and electronegative elements, it can be said that it is neither an electropositive nor an electronegative element. Its ionization enthalpy is sufficiently high and its electron affinity is of moderate magnitude.

Therefore, carbon (ground state electronic configuration: ls²2s²2px¹2py¹) can neither produce C4+ ion by losing 4 electrons from its valence shell nor form C-4- ion by gaining 4 electrons.

Both processes require large amounts of energy which are not ordinarily available during a chemical reaction. Thus, carbon does not usually form electrovalent compounds

Exception:

During the reaction between carbon and highly electropositive sodium, carbon forms the C4- ion thereby producing the electrovalent compound sodium carbide, Na4C ).

According to the electronic configuration, carbon should be bivalent, i.e., it should exhibit a valency of two because of the presence of two odd electrons in 2px and 2pyorbitals.

To account for tetracovalency, it is believed that during the process of bond formation (an energy-releasing process), the two electrons in the 2s -orbital get unpaired, and one of them is promoted to the empty 2pz -orbital. Therefore, the electronic configuration of carbon in the excited state is ls²2s²2px¹2py¹ 2pz¹) So, carbon can complete its octet by sharing the four odd electrons in its valence shell

With the 4 electrons of the valence shells of the other 4 atoms. Hence, carbon fulfills its octet by covalency and In the formation of covalent compounds, its valency is always 4

Example:

One C -atom forms four electron pairs by combining with four H-atoms and produces one methane (CH4) molecule with consequent completion of its octet According to Lewis’s theory, 1 electron pair stands for 1 covalent single bond, represented by dash sign(-).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Molecule Methane

Now, two carbon atoms can form 1, 2, or 3 electron pairs by contributing 1, 2, or 3 electrons respectively from each carbon atom and use them equally to form a carbon-carbon single bond (C—C), carbon-carbon double bond (C= C) or carbon-carbon triple bond (C = C) respectively. For example, ethane (CH3 —CH3), ethylene (CH2=CH2), and acetylene (HC = CH) contain one carbon-carbon single, double, and triple bond respectively.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ethane Molecule And Ethylene Molecule

Although Lewis’s theory gives a satisfactory explanation to the tetracovalency of carbon, it fails to offer any idea about how these valencies are oriented in three-dimensional space. Moreover, this concept of covalent bond formation by sharing of electrons is purely a qualitative approach that tells nothing about the attractive forces involved in bond formation

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Basic Principles NCERT Notes

Hybridization Of Carbon And Shapes Of Some Simple Organic Molecules

For sp³, sp² and sp -hybridisations of carbon and the shapes ofmethane, ethane, ethylene and acetylene see article no. 4.8 of the chapter “Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure”. From the knowledge of the state of hybridisation of atoms in an organic molecule, an idea about shapes ofthe molecules can be obtained.

These maybe summarised as follows:

1. Atoms bonded to an sp³ -hybridised carbon atom are tetrahedrally oriented. So, any molecule containing an sp³ -hybridised carbon atom must have threedimensional shape (irrespective of the presence of any sp2 or sp -hybridised carbon atom in it).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques chemical Bonding Of Molecular Structure

2. The two sp² -hybridized C-atoms and the atoms directly attached to them remain in the same plane. So, if any organic molecule contains only sp² -hybridized C-atoms which are arranged in a chain or cyclic pattern, then the whole molecule becomes planar.

For example: 1,3-butadiene (CH2=CH—CH=CH2) and benzene molecules are planar.

If a molecule contains both sp and sp² – hybridized C-atoms, then the molecule will also be planar. For example, the but-l-en-3-yne (CH2= CH—C= CH) molecule is planar. If sp² or sp -hybridized carbon atoms remain attached to a benzene ring, then the molecule will also be planar. For example, vinylbenzene and ethylbenzene molecules are found to be planar. When an atom is present as a substituent in benzene, even then the molecule becomes planar.

For example: Fluorobenzene, chlorobenzene, bromobenzene etc…  are planar molecules.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Planar Molecule

3. The two sp -hybridized carbon atoms and the atoms directly attached to them remain on the same line. So, if a

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In The Same Plane

A molecule contains only sp -hybridized carbon atoms which remain bonded one after another, and then the molecule will be linear in shape. But 1,3-diyne, for example, is a linear molecule.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lie In The Line

Structure of some familiar organic compounds:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Structure Of Familiar Organic Chemistry.

Prediction of the state of hybridization of a carbon atom from the nature of bonding:

If a carbon atom is bonded to four atoms by four single bonds (i.e., 4 cr -bonds), then that carbon atom is sp³ -hybridized;

  • If a carbon atom is bonded to three atoms by two single bonds [i.e., 2 σ – bonds) and one double bond [i.e., 1 σ and 1 π -bond), then that carbon atom is sp² -hybridized; and
  • If a carbon atom is bonded to two atoms by one single bond [i.e., one bond) and one triple bond [i.e., one σ -bond and two π bonds) or by two double bonds [i.e., two car and two n bonds), then that carbon atom is sp -sp-hybridized

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Hybridisation Of A Carbon

Basic Principles of Organic Chemistry Class 11 NCERT Notes

Effect Of Hybridisation On Bond Lengths And Bond Strengths

The bond length as well as bond strength of any bond depends upon the size of the hybrid orbitals involved in bond formation.

1. The s -characters of sp3, sp², and sp -hybrid orbitals are 25%, 33.33%, and 50% respectively. As s -the orbital is more closer to the nucleus as compared to p -orbital, more the percentage of s -the character of the hybrid orbital, more it will be attracted by the nucleus, and as a result, its size will

The s -characters of sp³, sp² and sp -hybrid orbitals are 25%, 33.33%, and 50% respectively. As s -orbital is closer to the nucleus as compared to p -orbital, the more the percentage of s -character of the hybrid orbital, the more it will be attracted by the nucleus, and as a result, its size will decrease more.

Therefore, the sizes of sp³, sp², and sp hybrid orbitals follow the order: sp < sp² < sp³. Consequently, the bond formed by an sp³ -hybrid orbital is longer than the bond formed by an sp² hybrid formed orbital by an which-hybrid orbital turn is longer than the bond

Example:

The Csp3   bond is longer than the Csp2  —H bond which in turn is longer than the Csp —H bond. Similarly, the Csp3 —Csp3  bond is longer than the Csp2 —Csp2  bond which turns longer than the Csp — Csp bond. For the same reason, the lengths of single, double, and triple bonds follow the order: C —C>C=C>≡ C. The presence and the increase in the number of n -bonds between two carbon atoms are also responsible for the decrease in bond length.

2. Shorter the bond, the greater is its strength i.e., stronger itis. Therefore, a <r -bond formed by sp -hybrid orbitals is stronger than a σ -bond formed by sp² -hybrid orbitals which in turn forms more stronger σ -bond than formed by sp³ -hybrid orbitals. Again, the bond strength increases with an increase in bond multiplicity and so, a triple bond is stronger than a double bond whichin turn is stronger than a single bond

Bond lengths and bond dissociation enthalpies of different bonds:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques nd Lengths And Bond Different Bonds 1

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques nd Lengths And Bond Different Bonds 2

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques nd Lengths And Different Bonds 3

Different Structural Representations Of Organic Compounds

Lewis Structure Or electron dot Structure

In Lewis structure or electron dot structure, only the electrons of the valence shell of each atom of a molecule is H shown. For example, the electron dot structure of propene is shown at the right side. Since this style of writing is time-consuming and inconvenient, it is not generally followed

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Propene

Dash formula

The Lewis structure, however, can be simplified by representing each pair ofelectrons involved in forming a covalent bond by a dash(—). In this representation, a single dash represents a single bond, a double dash (=) represents a double bond, and a triple dash (≡) represents a triple bond.

The lone pair of electrons on the heteroatoms e.g., oxygen, nitrogen, halogens, sulfur, etc. May or may not be shown. Thus, ethane, ethylene, acetylene and ethanol can be represented by their structural formulas as given above. Such structural representation is also called complete structural formula or graphic formula.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dash Formula

Condensed structural formula

The complete structural formulas can be further abbreviated by deleting some or all of the covalent bonds and by indicating the number of identical groups attached to an atom by a subscript. Such simplified structural representations of molecules are called condensed structural formulas. Thus, ethane, ethylene, acetylene and ethanol can be represented as: CH3CH3 (ethane); H2C — CH2 (ethylene); HC=CH (acetylene); CH3CH2OH (ethanol)

Similarly, a long chain of carbon atoms such as CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2COOH can be represented as CH3(CH2)4COOH.

Bond-line Structural formula

It is a very simple, short and convenient method of representing the structures of organic molecules. In this representation, only the carbon-carbon bonds are shown by lines drawn in a zig-zag fashion.

The line ends and the intersection of lines represent carbon atoms carrying an appropriate number of H -atoms so that its tetravalency is fulfilled (i’.e., the terminals denote CH3 -groups, and the unsubstituted intersections or line junctions denote CH2 -groups). The heteroatoms and the H-atoms attached to them are, however, specifically shown. A single bond is represented by a single line ( —), a double bond is represented by two parallel lines (= ) and a triple bond is represented by three parallel lines (≡).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bond Line

In bond-line notation, the cyclic compounds are represented by an appropriate ring or polygon without showing carbon and hydrogen atoms. Each comer of a polygon represents a carbon atom while each side of the polygon represents a carbon-carbon bond.

For example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Appropriate Ring Or Polygon

Three-dimensional representation of organic molecules

The three-dimensional structure of organic molecules is quite difficult to represent on paper (two-dimensional). So, certain graphic conventions have been proposed. For example, by using a solid wedge and dashed wedge the threedimensional structure of a molecule from a two-dimensional presentation can be perceived.

In these formulas, the solid wedge (i.e., the thick solid or heavy line) is used to indicate a bond lying above the plane ofthe paper and projecting towards the observer, and the dashed wedge is used to represent a bond lying below the plane ofthe paper and projecting away from the observer. The bonds lying in the plane of the paper are shown by normal or ordinary lines (—).

A three-dimensional representation of a methane molecule, for example, is shown below:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Wedge And Dash Representation In Methane

Organic Chemistry Techniques Class 11 Notes

Classification Of Organic Compounds Based On Carbon Skeleton

Due to the existence large number of organic compounds is rather inconvenient to study the chemical nature of these compounds individually. To simplify and systematize the study of organic chemistry, organic compounds have been broadly classified into two categories depending on the nature of their carbon skeleton or structures.

The flow sheet given here is the general classification of organic compounds:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Organic Compounds On The Basis Of Carbon Skeleton

Acyclic or open chain or aliphatic compounds:

The compounds containing open chains of carbon atoms with the appropriate number of H -atoms and functional groups are called acyclic or open-chain compounds. These compounds are also called aliphatic compounds because the earlier members of this class were obtained either from animal or vegetable fats (Greek, aliphatic = fat). Due to the variation in the structure of carbon chains, two types of open-chain compounds have been formed.

These are:

  • Unbranched or straight-chain compounds and
  • Branched chain compounds.

1. Straight chain compounds

The open chain or aliphatic compounds in which no carbon atom (except the two terminal C -atoms) is attached to more than two carbon atoms are called unbranched or straight chain compounds.

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Straight Chain Compounds

2. Branched-chain compounds

The open-chain or aliphatic compounds in which at least one carbon atom is attached to three or more carbon atoms are called branched-chain compounds

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Branched Chain Compounds

Cyclic or closed chain or ring compounds

Compounds containing one or more closed chains or rings of atoms in their molecules are called cyclic or closed chain or ring compounds. Depending upon the nature of the atoms present in the ring, the cyclic compounds may be divided into the following two classes

1. Carbocydic or homocyclic compounds:

The compounds containing rings that are made up ofonly carbon atoms are called carboxylic or homocyclic compounds.

These are further divided into two sub-classes as follows:

1. Alicyclic compounds:

The carboxylic compounds which show resemblance in properties with the aliphatic compounds are called alicyclic compounds

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alicylic Compounds

2. Aromatic compounds: For aromatic compounds, see the aromatic hydrocarbon portion

2. Heterocyclic compounds:

Cyclic compounds containing more heteroatoms (atoms other than C and H i.e., O, N, S, etc.) in their rings are called heterocyclic compounds. Depending upon their chemical behaviour, they are further divided into the following two categories

1. Alicyclic heterocyclic compounds:

Aliphatic cyclic compounds containing one or more heteroatoms in their rings are known as alicyclic heterocyclic compounds

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alicylic Heterocyclic Compounds

2. Aromatic heterocyclic compounds:

Aromatic compounds containing one or more heteroatoms in their molecules are called aromatic heterocyclic compounds.

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds

Saturated and unsaturated compounds

1. Saturated compounds:

The organic compounds in which the carbon atoms are linked with each other only by single covalent bonds are called saturated compounds.

Examples: Methane (CH4), ethane (CH3—CH3), ethyl alcohol (CH3 —CH2 —OH), methylamine (CH3 —NH2) etc.

2. Unsaturated compounds:

The organic compounds which contain at least one carbon-carbon double bond or triple bond are called unsaturated compounds

Examples:

Ethylene (H2C= CH2), l-butene(C2H5CH= CH2)

1,3-butadiene (H2C=CH—CH=CH2) etc.

Organic compounds containing unsaturated groups such as are considered saturated compounds. -CHO, -COOH, -COOR etc. But no C =C or C = C For example, propionic acid (CH3CH2COOH) is a saturated compound but acrylic acid (CH2=CH—COOH) is an unsaturated compound.

Functional Groups & Homologous Series

Functional group Definition

A functional group may be defined as an atom or group of atoms present in an organic compound, which is responsible for its characteristic chemical properties.

Generally, compounds having the same functional group have similar properties while compounds with different functional groups have different chemical properties. For this reason, organic compounds are classified into different classes or families based on the functional groups present In the reactions of organic compounds, the organic groups or radicals generally do not suffer any change but the functional groups actively participate:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Functional Groups

Some common functional groups present in various organic compounds along with their classes:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Various Organic Compounds

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Various Organic Compounds.

1. Though the functional groups govern the chemical properties, they are also found to influence the physical properties in some cases. For example, alcohols (ROH) due to the presence of —OH group remain associated through intermolecular H -bonding and as a result, the boiling points of alcohols are much higher than that of ethers having similar molecular masses.

2. Organic compounds with 2 or more different functional groups exhibit characteristic properties of all the functional groups present in it. For example, aldol [CH3CH(OH)CH2CHO] exhibits the properties of ; both alcohol and aldehyde.

3. Although different compounds having the same functional group show similarities in their chemical properties, their properties are not identical. For example, formaldehyde (HCHO) and acetaldehyde (CH3CHO) containing the same functional group ( —CHO), do not respond to the same type of reaction. The former participates in the Cannizzaro reaction but not in Aldol condensation reaction while the latter takes part in Aldol condensation reaction but the Cannizzaro reaction

Homologous series

Homologous series definition:

A homologous series is defined as a series or group of similarly constituted organic compounds which have the same functional group and thus similar chemical properties and any two successive members differ in their molecular formula by a CH2– group. Members of such a series are called homologues.

Some homologous series, their general formulas and structures of compounds upto C4

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Some homologous series

Characteristics of homologous series:

1. All the members of a homologous scries can be represented by the same general formula. For example, CnHn+1 OH is the general formula of alcohols.

2. Same functional group is present in ail members of any homologous series. So, the members of any homologous series have almost identical chemical properties (the phenomenon of such resemblance in properties among the compounds of the same homologous series is called homology). However, with an increase in molecular mass, the chemical reactivity ofthe compounds usually decreases.

3. Any two successive members of a particular series differ in molecular formulary CHHomologous series group or 14 mass units.

The physical properties such as density, melting point, and boiling point of the members of a homologous series increase gradually with the increase in molecular mass. However, solubility and volatility show a declining trend with a rise in molecular mass.

4. The members of a homologous series can be prepared by almost identical methods, known as the general methods of preparation.

Significance of homologous series:

  • From the knowledge ofthe method of preparation and the properties of a particular member of a homologous series, the method of preparation and properties of the other members of the same series can easily be predicted.
  • Therefore, by dividing the vast number of organic compounds into homologous series followed by the study of the method of preparation, properties, and reactions of a representative member, an overall idea about the whole family can be obtained.
  • However, the first member of a series often differs from the other members in the method of preparation and properties.
  • For example, the method of preparation and properties of formic acid (HCOOH), the first member ofthe carboxylic acid family, are different from that ofthe other members of the family.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Principles

IUPAC Nomenclature Of Aliphatic Organic Compounds

According to the IUPAC system, the name of an organic compound consists of 3 parts:

  1. Word root
  2. Suffix and
  3. Prefix.

1. Word root:

Word root, the basic unit of the name, denotes the number of carbon atoms present in the parent chain (the longest possible continuous chain of carbon atoms including the functional group and multiple bonds) of the organic molecule.

For chains containing up to four carbon atoms, special word roots (based upon the common names of alkanes) such as ‘meth’ for C1, ‘eth’ for C2, ‘prop’ for C3, and ‘but’ for C4 are used where C1, C2, C3 and C4 represent the number of carbon atoms in the chain. For chains of five or more carbon atoms, Greek numerals or number roots are used to represent the word roots.

For example:

‘Pent’ is used for the C5 chain, ‘hex’ is used for C6 chain etc. The general word root for any carbon chain is ‘alk’

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Word Root

2. Suffix

These are of the following two types

1. Primary suffix:

A primary suffix is always added to the word root to indicate whether the carbon chain is saturated or unsaturated. There are three basic primary suffixes. If the carbon atoms are linked only by single covalent bonds (C —C) ‘-ane’ is used.

If there is at least one double bond (C= C) present in the chain, the primary suffix ‘- ene’ and if there is at least one triple bond (C = C) in the chain, the primary suffix ‘-yne’ is used. Hence, the name of

  1. CH3CH2CH13 is prop + ane = propane and
  2. CH3CH=CH2 is prop + ene = propene.

If the parent carbon chain contains 2, 3, or more double or triple bonds, numerical suffixes such as ‘di’ (for two), ‘tri’ (for three), ‘tetra’ (for four), etc.

Are added to the primary suffix. If the primary suffix begins with a consonant then an extra ‘a’ is to be added to the word root. For example, the primary suffix used for two double bonds is diene. Now if it is added to the word root ‘but’ for C4 chain, then the name of the compound will be butadiene.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Primary Suffix

2. Secondary suffix:

A secondary suffix is used to indicate the functional group presents an organic molecule and is to be added to the primary suffix while writing the IUPAC name. Secondary suffixes of some important functional groups are listed:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Secondary Suffix

It is to be noted that while adding the secondary suffix to the primary suffix, terminal ‘e’ of the primary suffix [i.e., ‘ane,’ ‘ene’ or ‘yne’) is dropped if the secondary suffix begins with a vowel but is retained if the secondary suffix begins with a consonant.

For example: The name of CH3CH2OH is: eth + ane + ol = ethanol and that of CH3CH2CN is: prop + ane + nitrile = propanenitrile.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Homologous Series.

3. Prefix

It is a part of the IUPAC name of a compound that appears before the word root. Prefixes are of two types

1. Primaryprefix: A primary prefix is used to differentiate a cyclic compound from an acyclic compound

For Example:

In case of carbocyclic compounds, the primary prefix ‘cyclo’ is used just before the word root. For example, the cyclic hydrocarbon, maybe named as

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Primary Prefix

2. Secondaryprefix:

In the IUPAC system of nomenclature, some groups are not considered functional groups or secondary suffixes. These are treated as substituents and are called secondary prefixes. These are added just before the word root (or the primary prefix in the case of alicyclic compounds) in alphabetical order.

The secondary prefixes of a few substituents are given in the following table:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Secondary Prefix

Therefore, while writing the IUPAC name of an aliphatic organic compound the various parts are to be added in the following sequence: Secondary prefix + Primary prefix+ Wordroot+ Primary suffix + Secondary suffix. It is not necessary that all the parts may be present in a particular compound. However, the word root and primary suffix must be present.

Example:

In case ofthe compound, \(\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{HCl} \stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{OH}\), the word roots ‘but’, the primary suffix ‘ane’, the secondary suffix is ‘ol’ and the secondary prefix is ‘chloro’. As the compound is acyclic, the primary prefix is absent. Therefore, the IUPAC name of the compound is chloro (at position C-3 ) + but + an (e is omitted) + ol (at position C-l )- 3-chlorobutan-l-ol.

IUPAC Nomenclature of some organic compounds

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nomenclature Of Some Organic Compounds

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles Class 11 Summary

Common & IUPAC Nomenclature Of Some Important Classes Of Organic Compounds

Saturated hydrocarbons (Alkanes)

In the IUPAC system, saturated acyclic hydrocarbons are called alkanes. IUPAC names of alkanes are obtained by adding the suffix ‘ane’ to the word root indicating the number of C-atoms present in the chain. The first 4 alkanes (CH4 to C4H10) have their special names, i.e., methane, ethane, propane, and butane.

The names of alkanes containing 5 or more C-atoms are obtained by adding prefixes such as ‘pent’ (5), ‘hex’ (6), ‘hept’ (7), ‘Oct’ (8), etc., indicating the number of C-atoms in the molecule to the suffix ‘ane! Although common and IUPAC names of alkanes are the same, the prefix (normal)is added to the common name of alkanes containing 4 or more C-atoms.

IUPAC and common names of first ten members of the alkane family:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkane Family

Names of some higher members of alkane family (CH3(CH2)n CH3 ,n= 9,10,11,….etc..are as follows:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Names Some Higher Members

Alkyl groups

An organic group produced by the removal of one H -atom from an alkane molecule is called an alkyl group or alkyl radical.

For example: 

  1. Removal of one H-atom from methane (CH4) produces methyl group (-CH3),
  2. An ethyl group ( —C2H5) is formed by the removal of any one of six equivalent H -atoms from ethane (C2H6)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ethyl Group

All the H -atoms of alkanes containing more than two carbon atoms are not always equivalent. So, two or more alkyl groups can be derived from these alkanes.

For example:

In the case of propane (CH3CH2CH3), the removal of one hydrogen atom attached to the terminal carbon yields an unbranched propyl group. But when one H -atom linked to the middle carbon is removed, an isopropyl group is obtained.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Propyl Group And Isopropyl Group

The alkyl groups are generally represented by the letter R. So, an alkane is represented as R —H. The monovalent alkyl groups have the general formula: CnH2n+1 [n = 1.2,3 etc.]

Nomenclature of alkyl groups

The names of the alkyl groups are derived by replacing the suffix ‘ane’ of the corresponding alkane by the suffix ‘yl’

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nomenclature Of Alkyl Groups

Classification of alkyl groups

1. Primary (1°) alkyl groups:

The removal of one 1° H -atom from an alkane gives a primary or 1° alkyl group. Ethyl (CH3CH2-), isobutyl (Me2CHCH2—), neopentyl (Me3CCH2—), etc. Are some examples of primary alkyl groups. The primary alkyl groups obtained from simple straight-chain alkanes are called normal alkyl groups

In the common nomenclature system, those are designated as n -alkyl group Imt In the IUPAC system, n Is omitted

For example:

In the common or trivial system of nomenclature, CH,CH2CH2– IS written as n -propyl group hut In the IUPAC system, it Is designated as propyl group. The primary alkyl groups In which the second last carbon in the chain is branched to one

The group are named by using the prefix Mso’

For example:

The —CH2CH(CH3)3 group is called the isobutyl group. (As a group, up to isohexyl and as an alkane up to isohexane, the use ofthe ‘iso’ has been accepted by the IUPAC system).

The primary alkyl groups in which the second last carbon in the chain is branched to two —CH3 groups are named by using the prefix ‘nco’.

For example: The —CH2C(CH3 )3 group is called neopentyl group. (As a group, upto neo hexyl and as an alkane upto neohexane, the use of‘neo’ is accepted by die IUPAC system.)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isopentyl Group And Neopentyl Group

2. Secondary (2°) alkyl group:

Removal of one 2° H-atom from an alkane forms a secondary (2°) alkyl group. In both trivial & IUPAC system,itis written as sec-alkyl (pronounced as secondary alkyl group),

For example: CH3 CH2 CHCH3 is a 2° alkyl group named as a sec-butyl group.

3. Tertiary (3°) alkyl group:

The removal of one 3° H -atom from an alkane leads to the formation of a tertiary or 3° alkyl group. In both the trivial and IUPAC systems, it is written as ferf-alkyl group or f-alkyl group (pronounced as tertiary alkyl group),

For example:—C(CH3 )3 is a tertiary alkyl group whose name is a fert-butyl group or a t-butyl group

Structures and IUPAC names of some alkyl groups

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Structures And IUPAC Names Of Some Alkyl Group

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Some Alkyl Group.

Monovalent radicals derived from unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbons end with ‘-enyl ‘-ynyl,’ ‘-dienyl,’ etc., depending on the nature of the radicals or groups. Positions of double and triple bonds are indicated by numerals where necessary.

The c-atom of any radical containing free valence is always numbered as ‘1’

For example:

CH ≡ C— (ethynyl), \(\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H} \equiv \stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2\) (prop-2-any)

⇒ \(\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}=\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\) (prop-l-enyl) etc. The following trivial names are retained in the IUPAC system: CH2=CH— (vinyl),

CH2=CHCH2— (allyl), etc. The radical (CH2= ) is called ‘methylene’ and (=CH—)is called ‘methine.

The presence of one or more free valency in radicals derived from parent alkenes is indicated by suffixes like monovalent(-yl), divalent (-diyl), trivalent (-triyl) etc.

For example: CH3CH< is ethane-1, 1-diyl; (CH3)2C< is propane-2,2-diyl etc.

Aryl groups:

The organic groups derived from benzene and other benzene derivatives are termed as aryl groups. Aryl groups are generally represented by Ar. The simplest aryl group is phenyl group (—C6H5 ). It can be obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a molecule of benzene (C6H6 )

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Aryl Group

Trivial or common system of nomenclature of other classes of compounds:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Trivial Or Common System

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Trivial Or Common System.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Trivial Common System..

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Trivial Common System...

IUPAC nomenclature of different classes of compounds at a glance:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Different ClassesOf Glance

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Techniques and Principles

Rules Branched For Iupac Nomenclature Of Chain Alkanes

Longest chain rule

The longest continuous chains of the alkane is to be identified first. It is known as the parent or root chain. The number of carbon atoms in the parent chain determines the word root

It is to be noted that the longest chain may or may not be straight but it must be continuous. All other carbon atoms that are not included in the parent chain are called branched chains side chains or substituents. The branched-chain alkane is, therefore, named as a derivative ofthe parent chain

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Longest Chain Rule

The parent chain in the compound (I) contains 6 carbon atoms and the CH3 -group is a side chain or substituent. Therefore, it is to be named as a derivative of hexane. The parent chain in the compound (II) contains 8 C-atoms but is not straight so, it is named as a derivative of octane. CH3 -and C2H6 -groups are the two substituents here. If two chains of equal lengths are possible, then the one with a maximum number of side chains or substituents is to be considered as the parent chain.

Example:

In the compound (III), the parent chain is the horizontal six-carbon chain containing two alkyl substituents ( —CH3 and C2H5) but not the other six-carbon chain containing only one alkyl substituent [(CH3)2CH-]

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Incorrect Chain And Correct Chain

Lowest number rule

The carbon atoms of the parent chain is to be numbered as 1, 2, 3, 4, . etc. from one end in such a way that the carbon atom carrying the substituent gets the lowest possible number.

Example:

In the following compound, the numbering can be done in two different ways. The numbering of the carbon chain as given in the structure (IVA) is correct because the carbon carrying the substituent gets a lower number i.e., 3. However, the numbering of the carbon chain as given in the structure (IVB) is incorrect because the carbon carrying the substituent gets a higher number i.e., 5.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lowest Number Rule Of Correct And Incorrect Numbering

The number indicating the position of the substituent in the parent chain is called its positional number or locant. Thus, the correct locant for the methyl side chain in the above compoundis 3.

When two substituents are present in the chain, then the lowest set of locant rule is applied. It states that when two or more different sets of locants are possible, then that set of locants will be the lowest which (when compared term by term with other sets, each in order of increasing magnitude) has the lowest term at the first point of difference. This rule is used irrespective ofthe nature ofthe substituent.

Example:

When the carbon atoms of the parent chain of the following compound (V) are numbered from the sides, two sets of locants are obtained. Out of the two sets of locants (2,3) and (3,4), the first set is lower and hence preferred because the first term, i.e., 2 in the first set is lower than the first term, i.e., 3 in the second set

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques First Set Is Lower Than First Term

Similarly, for the compound (6):

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Second term In The First Set

Out ofthe two sets of officiants (2,2,4) and (2,4,4), the first set is lower and hence preferred as the second term in the first set i.e.,2 is lower than the second term 4in the second set.

According to the latest IUPAC recommendations of nomenclature (1993), the lowest set of locant rules Is preferred even If it violates the lowest sum rule.

For example:

In the case of the following compound, the numbering of the carbon chain from left and right gives two different set of locants with two different sum of locants.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Different Sum Of Locants

The numbering from the left is correct because the first term CH3 i.e., 2 in the set (2, 7, 8) is lower than the first term i.e., 3 in the set (3, 4, 9), even though the sum of locants is lower when the numbering is done from the right. Thus, the correct name ofthe alkanes 2, 7, 8-trimethyIdecane.

Name of the branched chain alkanes

When there is one alkyl group in the parent chain, its name is to be prefixed to the name of the parent alkane, and its position on the chain is to be indicated by writing before it the number of the carbon atom carrying the substituent.

The name of the substituent is separated from its positional number or locant by a hyphen (-). The final name of the alkane is to be written as one word, i.e., there will be no gap between the name of the substituent and the parent alkane.

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Branched Chain Alkanes

Alphabetical order of the side chains or substituents

When two or more different alkyl groups (side chains or substituents) are present on the parent chain, such groups prefixed by their positional numbers or locants, are to be arranged in alphabetical order irrespective of their positional numbers and written before the name of the parent alkane.

Example:

In the given compound, between ethyl and methyl groups, ethyl comes first in the alphabetical order and therefore, its name is 3-ethyl-2-methylhexane. When a number appears between two substituent groups then hyphens are used on both sides ofthe number

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Ethyl 2 Methylhexane

It is to be noted that while deciding the alphabetical order of various alkyl groups, prefixes such as ‘iso’ or‘neo’ are to be considered as a part of the fundamental name of the alkyl group while the prefixes, ‘second ‘tert’ are not

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 5 Sec Butyl 4 Isopropyldecane

Numbering of different alkyl groups at equivalent positions

If two different alkyl groups or substituents are present at equivalent positions, i.e., at the same position from the two ends of the parent chain, then numbering of the chain is to be done in such a way that the alkyl group which comes first in the alphabetical order gets the lower number.

Example: 

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Ethyl 2 Methylheptane

Naming of same alkyl groups at different positions

When the parent chain contains two or more same alkyl groups at different positions (or at the same position), the positional number of each alkyl group is separated by commas, and suitable prefixes such as ‘di’ (for two), ‘tri’ (for three), ‘tetra’(for four) etc., and then they are to be attached to the name of the alkyl group. When two alkyl groups are attached to the same carbon atom, the positional number or locant is to be written twice. It is to be noted that the prefixes like ‘di’, ‘tri’, ‘tetra’, etc. are not considered while deciding the alphabetical order ofthe alkyl groups

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques NAming Of Same Alkyl Groups At Different Positions

Naming of complex substituents/substituted substituents

1. If the alkyl group on the parent chain is complex, i.e., if it has a branched chain, it is named as a substituted alkyl group by numbering the C-atom of this group attached to the parent chain as 1. The name of the complex substituent is generally enclosed in brackets to avoid any confusion with the numbering of the parent chain.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Naming Of Complex Substituents

2. When the same complex substituent occurs more than once on the parent chain, it is indicated by multiplying the prefixes such as “bis’ (for two), ‘tris’ (for three), ‘tetrakis’ (for four), ‘pentakis'(for five), etc

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 1 And 1 DimethylpropyI 2 MethyIdecane

IUPAC nomenclature of bicyclic compounds

The name of a bicyclic compound in the IUPAC system is based on the name ofthe alkane having the same number of carbons as there in the ring system. The name follows the prefix bicyclo and a set of brackets enclosing numbers indicating the number of carbons in each of the three bridges connecting the bridgehead carbons in order of decreasing size.

For example:

The following bicyclic compounds containing nine and eight carbon atoms are named bicyclo [4.3.0]nonane and bicyclo[3.2.1]octane respectively.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bicyclic Compounds

What is wrong with the following names? Draw the structures they represent and write their correct names. (i)1,1-dimethylhexane (iii)3-methyl-5-ethylheptane (iv) 4, A-dimethyl-3-ethylpentane (v) 3, 4,7-trimethyloctane (vi) 3,3-diethyl-2,A,Atrimethylpentane 36. Give the IUPAC name of the following alkane containing complex substituents:

Rules For Iupac Nomenclature Of Unsaturated Hydrocarbons

For naming the compounds containing multiple (double and triple) bonds, the following additional rules are to be applied:

1. The parent chain must contain multiple bonds (double or triple) regardless of the fact whether it denotes the longest continuous chain or not

For example:

In compound (I), the parent chain contains 5 carbon atoms and not 6 carbon atoms since the latter does not include the double bond

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Parent Chain Correct And Incorrect

2. While naming a particular member ofthe alkene or alkyne family, the primary suffix ‘ane’ of the corresponding alkanes to be replaced by ‘ene’ or ‘yne’ respectively.

3. The numbering of the parent chain is to be done in such a way that the first C-atom associated with the multiple bond gets the lowest possible number

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lowest Possible Number

4. If the parent chain contains a side chain, then also the multiple bonds get priority in numbering.

If the parent chain contains 2 or 3 double or triple bonds, then the primary suffix ‘diene’ (or ‘triene’) or ‘diyne’ (or ‘triyne’) are to be used to represent them. In these cases, terminal ‘a’ is also added to the wordroot For numbering, the lowest set oflocants rule is to be followed.

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Parent Chain Contains 2 Or 3 Double Or Triple Bond

5. If the parent chain contains both double and triple bonds, the following points are to be remembered while writing their names:

The unsaturated hydrocarbon is always named as a derivative of alkyne, i.e., the primary suffix ‘ene’ is always to be written before ‘yne’.

In all these cases, the terminal ‘e’ of the one is dropped. The numbering of the parent chain is to be done from that end which is nearer to the double or triple bond, i.e., the lowest set officiants rule is to be followed

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Parent Chain Near To The Double Or Triple Bond

If the positions of double and triple bonds are identical, i.e., if  the set officiants from both sides ofthe chain is the same, then the double bond is always given preference over the triple bond

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques If The Positions Of Double And Triple Bonds

6. If the unsaturated hydrocarbon contains a side chain along with double and triple bonds, then the numbering of the parent chain is to be done in such a way that the multiple bonds get the lowest set of locants. However, if the numbering from both ends of the parent chain gives the same set of locants to the multiple bonds, then the locant for the side chain must be minimum.

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Unsaturated Hydrocarbon Of Correct And Incorrect

When there are more than two double bonds in the hydrocarbon and it is impossible to include all of the min the parent chain, then the double bond which is not included in the parent chain is treated as a substituent

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques More Than Two Double Bonds In The Hydrocarbon

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Techniques Notes

IUPAC Nomenclature Of Compounds With Functional Groups, Multiple Bonds And Substituents

The following additional rules are to be followed while naming organic compounds containing one functional group, double and triple bonds and substituents:

1. In these compounds, the longest chain of carbon atoms containing the functional group and the maximum number ofdouble and triple bonds are to be considered as the parent chain.It may or maynot be the longest possible carbon chain.

For example:

In the following compound (I), the parent chain containing the functional group and the double bond has 6 carbon atoms while the longest possible carbon chain has 7 carbon atoms.

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Longest Possible Carbon Chain

2. The parent chain is to be numbered in such a way that the functional group gets the lowest locant, even if it violets the lowest set oflocants rule for substituents. For example, in the following compound, the lowest locant for the functional group >C= O is 3 and not 5

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Lowest Locant For The Functional Group

3. If the organic compound contains a terminal functional group such as —CHO, —COOH, —COCl, —CONH2, —COOR, —C =N, etc., The numbering of the parent chain must be started from the functional group, we., it is always given number but the number is usually omitted from the final name ofthe compound

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Terminal Functions

4. If a compound contains two or more similar functional groups, numerical prefixes [di, tri, tetra etc.) are used to indicate their numbers, and the terminal ‘e’ of the primary suffix (ane, ene or yne) is retained while writing the name.

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Retained While Writing IUPAC Name

5. If an organic compound contains more than two similar terminal functional groups and all of them are directly attached to the parent chain, then none of them are considered as a part of the parent chain. Special suffixes such as carboxylic acid (for —COOH), carbaldehyde (for—CHO), carbonitrile (for —C=N), carboxamide (for —CONH2) etc. are used to name these

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques More Than Two Similar Terminal Functional Groups

IUPAC Nomenclature Of Compounds With Pentane-2,4-Dione Two Different Functional Groups

When an organic compound contains two or more different functional groups, then one of the functional groups is to be selected as the principal functional group while all other functional groups (also called secondary 7 functional groups) are to be treated as substituents. The choice of principal group is made on the basis ofthe following order of preference:

—COOH>—SO3H >— COOCO — >— COX (X=halogen) >—CONH2> —C≡ N>—CHO>C= O> —OH> —SH>—NH2

All the remaining groups such as halo (fluoro, chiro, bromo, and iodo), nitroso (—NO), nitro (—NO2), alkoxy (—OR), alkyl (—R), aryl {Example: C6H3), etc., are always treated as substituents or simply as prefixes.

Suffixes and prefixes of some Important functional groups [with decreasing priority

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Suffixes And Prefixes

Polyfunctional compounds are named as follows:

  • The chain containing the principal functional group, the maximum number of secondary functional groups, and multiple (double or triple) bonds, if any, is to be considered as the principal chain in the compound.
  • The principal chain is to be numbered in such a way that the principal functional group gets the lowest possible number followed by double bond, triple bond, and substituents.
  • The prefixes for the secondary functional groups and other substituents are to be placed in alphabetical order before the word root. If two or more identical secondary functional groups are present, these are to be indicated by using di, tri, tetra, etc. as prefixes
  • The principal functional group is to be written after the word root and the compound is to be named as a member of that particular class of compound.

Examples of some functional compounds:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Examples Of Some Poly functional Compounds

IUPAC nomenclature of other classes of compounds (According to 1993 Recommendations)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Nomenclature Of Other Classes Of Compounds

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Nomenclature Of Other Classes Of Compounds.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Nomenclature Of Other Classes Of Compounds..

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Nomenclature Of Other Classes Of Compounds...

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques IUPAC Nomenclature Of Other Classes Of Compounds....

Structural Formulas Of Organic Compounds From Their Iupac Names

  • To write the structure of an organic compound if its IUPAC name is given, the given steps are to be foin (parent chain) is to be selected from the word root ofthe IUPAC name ofthe compound
  • The parent chain is to be numbered from either end.
  • If the name of the compound contains primary suffix ‘ene’ or ‘yne\itis placed at the indicatedposition along the chain. Iv] Name and position of the functional group (secondary suffix) is to be identified from the IUPAC name andit is to be placed atits rightpositionin the carbon chain.
  • The names and positions of other prefixes, if any, are to be identified from the IUPAC name and to be attached at proper positionin the carbon chain.
  • Finally, the required number ofH- atoms are added, wherever
    necessary, to satisfy tetra covalency of each C-atom

Examples 1: Letus write the structural formula of 5-hydroxy- 2-methylhex-3-enoic acid.

Step 1: The word ‘hex’ indicates that the parent chain contains 6 carbon atoms: C —C —C—C —C—C

Step 2: Numbering ofthe carbon chain 6 5 is done as indicated: \(\stackrel{6}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Step 3: TheIUPACname of the compound has the primary C suffix ‘ene’ at position 3. Therefore, C-3 and C-4 ofthe parent chain are linked by a double bond. \(\stackrel{6}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Step 4: The secondary suffixes ‘oic acid’. Therefore, the carbon atom of the —COOH group is indicated as 1. \(\stackrel{6}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{OOH}\)

Step 5: The prefixes ‘hydroxy’ and ‘methyl’ are attached at the positions 5 and 2 respectively

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Prefix Hydroxy At The Positions 5 And 2

Step 6: A required number of H- atoms are added to various carbon atoms to get the final structure ofthe compound.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Various Carbon Atoms Final

2. IUPAC name: But-2-en-l-o

Step 1: C —C —C—C —C—C

Step 2: \(\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Step 3: \(\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Step 4: \(\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}-\mathrm{OH}\)

Step 5: \(\mathrm{H}_3 \stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}=\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

3. UPAC name: 3-amino-4-methylpentanoic acid

Step 1: C —C —C—C —C—C

Step 2: \(\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Step 3: \(\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{OOH}\)

Step 4: 

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Amino 4 Methylpentanoic Acid Step 4

Step 5:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Amino 4 Methylpentanoic Acid Step 5

4. IUPAC name: 3-ethyl-4, 5-dimethyl hex-l-yn-3-o

Step 1: C —C —C—C —C—C

Step 2: \(\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{6}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Step 3: \(\stackrel{1}{\mathrm{C}} \equiv \stackrel{2}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{3}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{4}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{5}{\mathrm{C}}-\stackrel{6}{\mathrm{C}}\)

Step 4: 

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Ethyl 4 And 5 Dimethylhex 1yn 3ol Step 4

Step 5:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Ethyl 4And 5 Dimethylhex 1yn 3ol Step 5

Step 6:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Ethyl 4And 5 Dimethylhex 1yn 3ol Step 6

Class 11 Chemistry Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Organic Chemistry Isomerism And Organic Reaction Mechanism Introduction

Organic compounds tend to exist as isomers. There are two or more compounds which have the same molecular formula (or molecular mass) but different physical and chemical properties, i.e., these are isomers of each other. This phenomenon is known as isomerism.

Again, organic compounds being covalent normally participate in molecular reactions. The mechanism of a reaction is the path followed by the substrate and reagent (the reacting species) while forming the products and in fact, it explains how the bonds in the reacting molecules break and new bonds in the product molecules are formed. To understand the mechanisms of organic reactions, some fundamental concepts are to be conceived. In this chapter, the isomerism in organic compounds and some basic concepts of organic reaction mechanisms have been discussed.

Isomerism In Organic Compounds

The property of isomerism in organic compounds is due to different sequence of bonding of their atoms or due to different arrangements of their atoms or groups in space when the sequence of bonding is same

Isomerism in organic compounds Definition:

The phenomenon of the existence of two or more compounds possessing the same molecular formula but different physical and chemical properties is known as isomerism. Such compounds are called isomers

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomerism

Example:

Two compounds having the same molecular formula, C2H5O but with completely different physical and chemical properties are found to exist. One compound is a liquid which boils at 78°C and reacts with metallic sodium to liberate hydrogen gas and the other compound is a gas which boils at -24°C and does not react with sodium. Therefore, these two compounds are entirely different in nature.

The first compound is ethyl alcohol belonging to the class of compounds known as alcohols and the second compound is dimethyl ether belonging to the class of compounds known as ethers. Because of the difference in their structures, they are completely different in their properties.

These two compounds are, therefore, isomers and the phenomenon of the existence of these two compounds of identical molecular formulas but belonging to different families is known as isomerism

CH3— CH2— OH(  Ethyl alcohol)

CH3— O—CH3( Dimethyl Ether)

Structural Isomerism

The compounds having the same molecular formula but different structures or molecular constitutions, i.e., different atom-to-atom bonding sequences or atomic connectivity are called structural or constitutional isomers and the phenomenon Is known as structural isomerism. Structural isomerism can be further subdivided into five different categories. Besides, tautomerism is also considered structural Isomerism.

1. Chain Isomerism

Chain Isomerism Definition:

Two or more compounds (belonging to the same family) having the same molecular formula but different carbon skeletons are called chain or nuclear isomers and the phenomenon Is called chain or nuclear isomerism

Example:

1. n -butane and isobutane are two chain isomers because they have die same molecular formula (C4H10) but differ in their carbon skeletons.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques N Butane And Isobutane

2. n-pentane, isopentane and neopentane are the three yJJJj function, group isomerism Chain isomers because they (molecular formula C5H12) differ in their carbon skeleton

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isopentane And Neopentane

2. Position isomerism

Position isomerism Definition:

When two or more compounds having the same structure of the carbon chain, i.e., the same carbon skeleton, differ in the position of substituent, multiple (double or triple) bond or functional group, these are called position isomers and this phenomenon is called position isomerism

Examples:

1. n -propyl alcohol and isopropyl alcohol are two position isomers. They have the same molecular formula (C3H8O) and have identical carbon skeletons. But in n propyl alcohol, hydroxy (-OH) group is at the terminal C-atom of the chain while in isopropyl alcohol the hydroxy (-OH) group is attached to the middle C -atom.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques N Isomerism

3. Functional group isomerism

Functional, group isomerism Definition:

Two or more compounds having the same molecular formula but different functional groups [i.e., belonging to different families) are called functional isomers and this phenomenon is called functional group isomerism or functional isomerism

1. Alcohols & ethers (CnH2n+ 2O) exhibit functional group isomerism. Ethyl alcohol and dimethyl ether having the same molecular formula, C3H6O represent two functional isomers. The functional group of ether is divalent oxygen (— O —) while the functional group of alcohol is the alcoholic hydroxy (— OH) group.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dimethyl Ether

2. Aldehydes, ketones, unsaturated alcohols and unsaturated ethers exhibit functional group isomerism. The molecular formula, C3H6O for example, represents the following two functional isomers:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Acetone

3. Carboxylic acid and esters (CnH2nO2) exhibit functional group isomerism. For example, the molecular formula C2H4O2 represents the following two functional isomers

CH -COOH (Acetic acid) (Func. gr: —COOH)

H – COOCH(Methyl formate)( Func. gr:—COOCH3)

4. 1°, 2° and 3° amines (CnH3nN) exhibit functional group isomerism. The molecular formula C3H9N, for example, represents

The following three functional isomers:

CH3CH2CH2NH2 Propan-l-amine (1° amine)

CH3CH2NHCH3  N-methylhexanamine (2° amine)

(CH3)3N [N,N-dimethylethanolamine (3° amine)]

5. Aromatic alcohols, phenols and ethers exhibit functional group isomerism. For example, the molecular formula, C7H8O represents the following three functional isomers,

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Aromatic Alcohols

6. Dienes, alienes & alkynes (CnH2n-2) exhibit functional group isomerism. The molecular formula C5H8, for example, represents four functional group isomers

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Dienes

7. Cyanides & isocyanides (CnH2n-1N) exhibit functional group isomerism. The molecular formula C3H5N, for example, represents two functional group isomers:

CH3CH2CN – Propanenitrile

CH3CH2NC – Ethyl isocyanide

5. Metamerism

Metamerism Definition:

When two ‘or more compounds having the same molecular formula but different numbers of carbon atoms (or alkyl groups) on either side of the functional groups such as —O —S—, — NH—, —CO — etc. are called metamers and the phenomenon is called metamerism. Metamerism occurs among the members of the same homologous series

Examples: The molecular formula, C4H10O represents the following metamers of ether family:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ethoxyethane

Examples of some metamers:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Examples Of Some Metamers

6. Ring-chain isomerism

 Ring-chain isomerism Definition:

Compounds having the same molecular formula but possessing open-chain and closed-chain structures are called ringchain isomers and the phenomenon is called ring-chain isomerism.

Examples:

1. Propene and cyclopropane are ring-chain isomers with the molecular formula C3H6

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ring Chain

2. Propyne and cyclopropene are ring-chain isomers with the molecular formula

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Propane

7. Tautomerism

This is a special kind of functional group isomerism involving dynamic equilibrium between the isomers.

Tautomerism Definition:

The functional group isomerism which arises due to the reversible transfer of a group or atom from one polyvalent atom to the other within the same molecule witth necessary rearrangement of linkages and the resulting isomers exist in dynamic equilibrium with each other is called tautomerism. The interconvertible isomers are called tautomers or tautomerides. Tautomerism is also called desmotropism

Conditions for tautomerism:

  1. There must be at least one or H -atom present concerning each functional group in the compound.
  2. The compound must contain an electronegative atom bonded by a double or triple bond e.g., C=O, N=O, C=NH etc.

Keto-enol tautomerism:

In this type of tautomerism, one form is the keto-form containing a keto group >C=O ) while the other form is the enol-form containing an enolic group >C=C—OH). The term ‘enol’ comes from ‘ene’ of the double bond and ‘ol’ of the hydroxy (—OH) group. Ketoenol tautomerism is possible only for those carbonyl compounds which contain at least one a -H -atom

Example:

Ethyl acetoacetate is an important example of this type. Tautomeric equilibrium generally (if no other factors ! operate) favours the structure in which the H-atom is bonded to the C -atom rather than the more electronegative O -atom, i.e., equilibrium favours the weaker acid. However, in this case, because of conjugation and intramolecular H-bonding the percentage of enol-form is much higher (8%) as compared ! to that of acetone where no such factors operate

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ketol Form

Keto and enol-forms are, in reality, two dynamic structural isomers. These isomers are always interconvertible and . one H-atom is shifted from one C-atom to an O-atom and vice-versa to establish the equilibrium.

Factors affecting the percentage of enol content:

  1. Intramolecular H-bonding (chelation) stabilises the enol and thus increases the amount of enol-form.
  2. Conjugation resulting in resonance stability of the enol-form helps to increase the enol content.
  3. Polar protic solvents usually decrease the percentage of enol form because the more polar keto-form becomes relatively more stabilised in this medium

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques H Bonding Stabilise

The percentage of the enol-form is greater because of its much higher stability caused by strong intramolecular H-bonding and effective resonance.

1. The following compounds do not exhibit keto-enol tautomerism due to lack of a -H-atom

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Ketoenol.

2. Keto-enol actually involves interconversion of Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Interconversion group and a tautomerism —C=C(OH) group.

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Group And A Group

The sum of bond energies of the is 347.9 kcal-mol-1 and that of the —C=C(OH) group is 336.0 kcal. mol-1 . So, the keto form is thermodynamically more stable than the enol form in the absence of other factors which can stabilise the enol form.

3. Pseudotropism: Tautomerism in which there is practically; no existence of one tautomer is called pseudotropism. For example

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Pseudetropism

Nitro-acinitro tautomerism:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitro Acinitro

Nitroso-oximino tautomerism:

CH3—CH2—N Nitrosoetane(nitroso form) ⇌  CH3 —CH—N — OH(Ethanal oxime (oximino form)

Organic Chemistry Techniques for Class 11 Chemistry

Stereoisomerism

Stereoisomerism Definition:

The isomers having the same structure formula, i.e., er same atom-to-atom bonding sequence or connectivity which differ in the relative arrangement of atoms or groups in space are called stereoisomers and the phenomenon is called stereoisomerism. It is the specific directional property of covalent bonds in threedimensional space which gives rise to stereoisomerism.

Stereoisomerism is broadly classified into two categories: 

  1. Configurational isomerism
  2. Conformational isomerism.

The isomerism that arises due to different spatial arrangements of groups or atoms (which are not interconvertible) in the same structural isomer is called configurational isomerism.

Configurational isomerism can be subdivided into two types: 

  1. Optical isomerism and
  2. Geometrical isomerism.

1. Optical isomerism

Optical isomerism Definition: 

If two molecules having the same atom-to-atom bonding sequence or connectivity (i.e., the same constitution) are mirror images of each other and are non-superimposable, then these are called enantiomers. Enantiomers rotate the plane polarised light to an equal degree but in opposite directions. Because of their effect on plane polarised light, separate enantiomers are said to be optically active and because of this property, they are called optical isomers and the phenomenon is called optical isomerism

Example:

As shown in the figure, lactic acid or 2-hydroxypropanoic acid (CH3CHOHCOOH) exists as a pair of enantiomers. In (-)-lactic acid, the sequence of occurrence of the groups: OH->COOH→CH3 appears in a clockwise direction but in (+)-lactic acid, it appears in an anticlockwise direction when viewed along the C — Ii bond axis from the side opposite to that of the H-atom. Both the enantiomers rotate the plane of plane polarised light to the same extent but in opposite directions. Enantiomer which rotates the plane of polarised light towards the right is called dextrorotatory or d- or (+)-lactic acid and which rotates the plane of polarised light towards the left is called laevorotatory or l- or (—)-lactic acid

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Enantiomers

Compounds which can rotate the plane of plane polarised light are called optically active compounds and those which cannot are called optically inactive compounds. Both the enantiomers of lactic acid are optically active.

Symmetric and asymmetric molecules:

If a molecule has at least one of the following elements of symmetry:

  1. Plane of symmetry,
  2. Centre of symmetry
  3. Alternating axis of symmetry

Then it is a symmetric or achiral molecule. Symmetric molecules are optically inactive. However, if a molecule has none of these symmetry elements, it is called an asymmetric or chiral molecule. Asymmetric molecules are optically active.

A symmetric molecule is superimposable on its mirror image while an asymmetric molecule is not. Therefore, whether a molecule is symmetric or asymmetric may also be verified by constructing models of the molecule & its mirror image and then placing one model on the other. If they are found to be superimposable, then the molecule must be symmetric; if not, then the molecule is asymmetric.

Example:

The two mirror-image forms of lead-acid are asymmetric and so, they are optically active. In our daily lives, we come across many things which are related to mirror images and do not get superimposed,

For example: Our left hand is the mirror image of our right hand but the left hand and the right hand are non-superimposable. So, the glove of the left hand do not fit in the right hand

Plane of symmetry or Sigma plane (σ ):

The plane of symmetry (σ) is defined as an imaginary plane that bisects a molecule in such a way that one half of the molecule is the mirror image of the other half (the plane acting as a mirror). The plane is also called a mirror plane.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Sigma Plane

Example: Meso-tartaric acid has a plane of symmetry.

Centre of symmetry or Centre of inversion (i):

A centre of symmetry is a point from which lines, when drawn on one side and produced an equal distance on the other side, will meet identical points (i.e., atoms) in the molecule

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Centre Of Inversion

Asymmetric carbon atom and optical activity:

When a carbon atom of an organic molecule is attached to four different atoms or groups (Cabde), then that carbon atom is called an asymmetric carbon atom or chiral carbon. It is also called a stereogenic centre. Molecules containing only one asymmetric carbon atom are asymmetric and optically active. If a molecule contains more than one asymmetric carbon atom, it may be asymmetric or symmetric, i.e., it may be optically active or inactive.

Example:

(+) tartaric acid having two asymmetric C-atoms is optically active but meso-tartaric acid is optically inactive.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbon Atom

The presence of asymmetric carbon atoms is not essential for exhibiting optical activity:

Some of the substituted allenes (abC=C=Cab) are found to be optically active, even though they contain no asymmetric carbon atom. The reason for their optical activity is the overall asymmetry of their molecules.

Example: The two mirror images of 1,3-dichloro propadiene are overall asymmetric and so, they are optically active

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dichloropropadiene

Therefore, the presence of asymmetric C-atom in a molecule is not essential for exhibiting optical activity. If the structure is overall asymmetric, then the molecule will be optically active.

Conditions necessary for optical activity:

  1. The compound is non-superimposable on its mirror image, or
  2. It contains only one asymmetric C-atom or
  3. Plane, centre and alternating axis of symmetry are absent in the molecule.

E. Eliel in his book, has mentioned a molecule which does not contain any element of symmetry, yet it is not optically active. He further stated that principally possibility of the existence of such molecules cannot be discarded outright. Hence, the necessary and sufficient condition for the optical activity of any compound is the non-superimposability ofthe molecule on its mirror image

  • Meso-compounds: If a compound having more than one chiral centre is found to be optically inactive, then it is called a meso-compound. Forexample, meso-tartaric acid.
  • Enantiomers:  Stereoisomers that are not superimposable on each other but related to each other as mirror images are called enantiomers. Thus (+) & (-)-lactic acid form a pair of enantiomers. Similarly, stereoisomers I & II of 3- bromopentan-2- ol form a pair of enantiomers. Enantiomers are optically active molecules having equal but opposite specific rotations. All other physical and chemical properties of enantiomers are the same.
  • Diastereoisomers: Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of each other are called diastereoisomers. Stereoisomers I & III of 3-bromopentan-2-ol are diastereoisomers of each other

Calculation of no. of stereoisomers:

No. of stereoisomers, both optically active and inactive (meso-form) can be obtained from the number of chiral centres present in the molecule

Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Calculation Of Stereoisomers

Examples:

1.  3-bromopentan-2-ol (CH3CHOHCHBrCH2CH3) has two dissimilar chiral centres. Therefore, it has 2² = 4 optically active stereoisomers and no optically inactive meso-isomer. Fischer projections of these four stereoisomers are shown below

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stereoisomers

(I, II) and (III, IV) represent two pairs of enantiomers and they are optically active. Each of (I, III), (I, IV), (II, III), and (II, IV) represents a pair of diastereoisomers.

2.  2,3-dibromobutane (CH3CHBrCHBrCH3) has 2 similar chiral centers and can be divided into two mirror-image halves. Therefore, it can have 2(2-1)_ = 21 = 2 optically active isomers and 2(2-2)/2_ = 20 = 1 optically inactive meso-isomer. Fischer projections of these 3 stereoisomers are shown below

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 3 Stereoisomers

V and VI represent a pair of enantiomers and are optically active. VII represents an optically inactive meso-isomer having a plane of symmetry. Each of (V, VII) and (VI, VII) represents a pair of diastereoisomers.

3.  Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Three Bromopentane 2 And 4 Diol  or 3-bromopentane- 2,4-diol has three chiral centres and can be divided into two mirror-image halves by passing a plane through the central carbon atom. Therefore, it can have 2(3-1)-2(3-1)//2 = 4-2 = 2 optically active isomers and 2(3-1)/2 = 21 = 2 optically inactive mesoisomers.

Fischer projections of these 4 stereoisomers are as follows:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 4 Stereoisomers

IX and X represent a pair of enantiomers and are optically active. XI and XII represent two optically inactive meso-isomers and both of them have a plane ofsymmetry (cr -plane). Each of (DC, XI), (X, XI), (IX, XII), (X, XII) and (XI, XII) represents a pair of diastereoisomers.

Fischer projection formula:

Fischer developed a twodimensional plane projection formula for three-dimensional molecules. Fischer projection uses a cross to represent the stereocentre and the four bonds attached to it Stereocentre lies at the centre of the cross but is not explicitly shown. Horizontal bonds point towards the observer (i.e:, bonds inclined upwards), while the verticle bonds are directed away from the observer (i.e., bonds are inclined downwards). As per the IUPAC convention, the number-1 carbon atom is placed at the top of the vertical line. For example,

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Fischer

Racemic modification:

The racemic modification is an equimolecular mixture of a pair of enantiomers. The racemic modification is optically inactive due to external compensation, i.e., optical rotation caused by one enantiomer is compensated by the opposite rotation produced by the other. A racemic modification is indicated by writing (d, l ) or (±) before the name of the compound.

Example: (±)-or(d, l )-2-hydroxypropanoic acid or lactic acid. R/S nomenclature of optical isomers:

2.  Geometrical or cis-trans isomerism

Geometrical Definition:

Isomers which have the same structural formula, i.e., the same atom-to-atom bonding sequence or connectivity but have different spatial arrangements of atoms or groups around the double bond or a ring system are called geometrical isomers and the phenomenon is called geometrical isomerism.

A π-bond prevents free rotation of the carbon atoms of a double bond concerning each other. Due to this restricted rotation, the relative positions of the atoms or groups attached to the doubly bonded carbon atoms get fixed. As a result of this, many substituted alkenes can exist in two distinctly isomeric forms which differ from each other only in the relative positions of the atoms or groups in space around the double bond

The isomer in which the similar atoms or groups lie on the same side of the double bond or a ring system is called the cis-isomer while the isomer in which the similar atoms or groups lie on the opposite sides of the double bond or a ring system is called the trans-isomer. Because of this, geometrical isomerism is also called cis-trans isomerism

The two geometrical or cis-trans isomers are stereoisomers which are not mirror images of each other. Therefore, these are diastereoisomers of each other.

E/Z nomenclature of geometrical isomers:

In this system of nomenclature, each ofthe two atoms or groups attached to each doubly bonded carbon atom are assigned according to their priority based on Cahn-Ingold-Prelog rules or simply CIP rules. If the atoms or groups of higher priority are on the same side of the double bond, the isomer is designated as Z (Zusammen in German means together) and if the groups or atoms of higher priority are on the opposite sides ofthe double bond, the isomer is designated as E (Entgegen in German means opposite).

Example: In l-bromo-2-chloropropene, for C l, Br > H (in priority) and for C -2, Cl > CH3 (in priority).

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Z And E Isomers

Geometrical isomers of three types of olefins:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Geometrical Isomers Of Olefins

Like the compounds containing a C-C double bond, compounds containing

1. Carbon-Nitrogen double bond (C= N)

Example: Oxime, Hydrazone etc.],

2. Nitrogen-Nitrogen double bond (N=N)

Example: azo, diazo compounds etc.] and some alicyclic compounds exhibit cis-trans or geometrical isomerism

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alicyclic Compounds

3. Conformational isomerism

Distinction between cis and trans-isomers:

The cis and trans isomers can be distinguished with the help of certain physical characteristics as follows:

1. Melting point:

The molecules of the trans-isomer of a compound is relatively more symmetrical than those of the os-isomer and hence remain closely packed in the crystal lattice. As a consequence, the melting point of the trans-isomer is usually higher than that of the corresponding cis-isomer

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Trans Isomer

2. Solubility:

In general, a cis-isomer is found to be relatively more soluble in a particular solvent because the molecules of the cis-isomer, being less symmetrical, are weakly held in the crystal lattice than the molecules of relatively more symmetrical trans-isomer

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Solubility

3. Dipole moment:

In general, the cis-isomer of  an alkene is found to be more polar than the irans-isomer (in which there is a possibility of cancellation of moments of two oppositely oriented groups or atoms)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dipole Moment

Organic Chemistry Techniques for Class 11 Chemistry

Equivalent And Non-Equivalent H-Atoms

If each of the two or more hydrogen atoms present in an organic compound on being replaced by any other atom or group in turn produces the same compound, then these hydrogen atoms are regarded as equivalent hydrogen atoms.

Example:

All 6 hydrogen atoms in the ethane (CH3—CH3) molecule are equivalent and this is because, if any one of these six H-atoms is replaced by an atom (or group) such as Br, the same compound ethyl bromide (CH3CH2Br) is obtained.

Again, in a propane (CH3CH2CH3) molecule, the 6 hydrogens of two methyl groups are equivalent because the replacement of any one of them by Clatom, produces the same compound, 1-chloropropane (CH3CH2CH2Cl) .

Also, the 2 hydrogens of the methylene ( —CH3—) group are equivalent because the replacement of either of them by Cl-atom produces the same compound, 2-chloropropane (CH3CHClCH3). However, one methyl hydrogen and one methylene hydrogen are non¬equivalent because each of them when displaced by Cl atom gives two different compounds.

Therefore, propane contains two types of non-equivalent H atoms. In the given compounds, equivalent H -atoms are marked by the same English letter while the non-equivalent H atoms are designated by different English letters

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Equivalent

In following compounds, all H-atoms are equivalent:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques H Atoms Equivalent

Determination Of No. Of Covalent Bonds In An Organic Compound From Its Molecular Formula

If the total number of electrons required for the completion of If the total number of electrons required for the completion of the molecule is x and the total number of valence electrons of all the atoms present is y, then the total number of covalent bonds \(\frac{(x-y)}{2}\) (for the formation of a covalent bond, 1 electron pair is required hence, the division by 2 has been effected).

If the molecular formula of a compound is CaHbOc, then the number of electrons required for the completion of octets of several C -atoms = 8a, the number of electrons required for the completion of duplets of b number of H-atoms = 2b, and the number of electrons required for the completion of octets of c number of 0 -atoms = 8c.

Hence, the total number of electrons required for the completion of duplets of H-atoms and octets of C and O -atoms present in the molecule, x = (8a + 2b + 8c). The number of valence electrons for several C -atoms, b number of H-atoms, and c number of 0 -atoms are 4a, lb and 6c respectively. Therefore, the total number of valence electrons of C, H and O -atoms present in the molecule, y = (4a + b + 6c). So, the total number of covalent bonds present in the molecule of compound

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_a \mathrm{H}_b \mathrm{O}_c=\frac{(8 a+2 b+8 c)-(4 a+b+6 c)}{2}\)

Examples:

1. Determine the number of covalent bonds in a compound having the molecular formula, C2H4O2.
Answer:

The total number of electrons required for the completion of octets of two C and two O -atoms and duplets of four H atoms present in the molecule = (2×8 + 2×8 + 4×2 ) = 40 and the total number of valence electrons of all these atoms =(2 × 4 + 2 ×6 + 4 × 1) =24.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4 \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{40-24}{2}\)

= \(\frac{16}{2}\)

= 8

2. Determine the number of covalent bonds in a compound having the molecular formula, C2H2Cl4. Write the probable structure and name of the compound.
Answer:

The total number ofelectrons required for the completion of octets of two C and four Cl -atoms and duplets of two H atoms present in the molecule =(2× 8 + 4×8 + 2×2) = 52
and the total number of valence electrons of all these atoms

=(2×4 + 4×7 + 2 × 1) = 38.

Thus, the no. of covalent bonds present in the compound having molecular formula

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{Cl}_4=\frac{52-38}{2}\)

= \(\frac{14}{2}\)

= 7

The possible structures of the compound are ClCHCHCl2 (1,1,2,2-tetrachloroethane) or ClCH2CCl (1,1,1,2- tetrachloroethane)

Double Bond Equivalent (Dbe) Or Index Of Hydrogen Deficiency (Ihd)

For determining the structure of an organic compound, it is necessary to ascertain whether unsaturation is present in that compound or not and if present, the amount of unsaturation is also needs to be known. In an organic compound, the amount of unsaturation is expressed in terms of Double Bond Equivalent (DBE).

It is also called the Index of Hydrogen Deficiency (IHD). If a hydrocarbon contains 2 hydrogen atoms less than the alkane having the same number of carbon atoms, its double bond equivalent is I, i.e., the compound may contain 1 double bond or a ring.

For example:

The compound, C4H8 contains two H -atoms less than the alkane (butane, C4H10 ) having the same number of C -atoms. So, its double bond equivalent is 1.

Thus, the compound may contain 1 double bond or it may be a cyclic one. That is, the compound may be (CH3CH2CH=CH2) but-l-ene (CH3CH=CHCH3) or cyclobutane.

SimUarly, the double bond equivalent 2 indicates the presence of 2 double or but-2-ene + 1 2 bonds or I triple bond or 1 double bond and 1 ring or 2 rings in the compound.

So, the term SODAR (Sum of Double Bonds And Rings) is also frequently used. From the molecular formula of a compound, its Double Bond Equivalent (or Index of Hydrogen Deficiency or Sum of Double bonds And Rings) can easily be calculated

The double bond equivalent (DBE) of a compound \(=\frac{\Sigma n(v-2)}{2}+1\) + j where n js the number of different types of atoms present in the molecule and v is the valency of each type of atom.

It is to be remembered that if the value of the DBE of a compound is less than 4, the compound is not a benzenoid aromatic compound.

Examples: 1. The molecular formula of a compound is C6H8. Calculate its double bond equivalent (DBE). State whether the compound is an aromatic compound or not.
Answer:

Double Bond Equivalent =  \(\frac{6(4-2)+8(1-2)}{2}+1\)

= 3

Since the double bond equivalent ofthe compound is less than 4, it is not a benzenoitÿaromatic compound

2. Determine the double bond equivalent of each of the following compounds. On catalytic hydrogenation, each of the compounds consumes 2 moles of hydrogen. What is the number of rings (if present) in each of the compounds:

  1. C8H8Br2
  2. C8H10O2
  3. C5H6F2
  4. C8H9C10

Answer:

1. DBE of compound = \(\frac{8(4-2)+8(1-2)+2(1-2)}{2}\) + 1

= 4

The compound on catalytic hydrogenation consumes 2 moles of hydrogen per mole. So, there are 2 double bonds or I triple bond and (4- 2) or 2 rings present in the compound

2. DBE ofthe compound = \(\frac{8(4-2)+10(1-2)+2(2-2)}{2}\) + 1

= 4

The compound on catalytic hydrogenation consumes 2 moles of hydrogen per mole. So, there are 2 double bonds or 1 triple bond and (4- 2) or 2 rings present in the compound.

3. DBE of the compound = \(\frac{5(4-2)+6(1-2)+2(1-2)}{2}\)+ 1

= 2

Since the compound consumes 2 moles of hydrogen on catalytic hydrogenation, the compound contains 2 double bonds or 1 triple bond. There is no ring present in the compound.

4. DBE ofthe compound

= \(\frac{8(4-2)+9(1-2)+1(1-2)+1(2-2)}{2}\) + 1

= 4

Since the compound on catalytic hydrogenation consumes 2 moles of hydrogen per mole, it contains 2 double bonds or 1 triple bond and 2 rings.

3. Write the structures and the IUPAC names of all the isomeric compounds having molecular formula, C4H6 by determining its double bond equivalent.
Answer:

DBE ofthe compound = \(=\frac{4(4-2)+6(1-2)}{2}\) + 1

= 2

Therefore, the compound contains 2 double bonds or 1 triple bond or 1 double bond and 1 ring or two rings. The following 9 isomers ofthe compound are possible:

1. CH2=CH = CH=CH2 (Buta-1,3-diene)

2. CH3CH2C ≡ CH (But-l-one)

3. CH3C ≡ CCH3 (But-2-yne))

4. CH2 = C = CHCH3 (Buta-1,2-diene)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isomers Compound

 

Fission Of Covalent Bond: Generation Of Reaction Intermediates

Formation of product molecule(s) from the reactant molecules involves processes like bond fission, bond formation etc. A chemical equation rarely indicates how the reaction proceeds. The mechanism of an organic reaction is a sequential account of each step of the reaction, describing details of electron movement, energetics during bond breaking and bond formation and the CH rates of conversion of reactants into products (kinetics).

During the breaking and formation of bonds, the transfer of y\H electrons is shown by the use of arrow signs. Curved arrow signs containing two bar CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bar Symbol indicate the shifting of a pair of electrons while die transfer of one electron is indicated by curved arrow signs containing one barb CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bar Symbolor ‘fish hook notation’ [it is to be noted that the symbol CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Bar Symbol is incorrect]

1. Types of the fission of covalent bonds

Cleavage of covalent bonds can take place in two ways depending upon the nature of the bond involved, the nature of the attacking agent and the conditions of the reaction.

Homolytic fission or homolysis:

If a covalent bond in a molecule undergoes fission in such a way that each bonded atom gets one electron of the shared pair, it is called homolytic fission.

This type of bond cleavage results in the formation of neutral species called free radicals. Homolytic cleavage or fission is usually favoured by conditions such as the non-polar nature of the bond, high temperature and the presence of high energy (UV) radiations.

Example:

Homolytic cleavage of a bond, A— B leads to the formation of free radicals, \(\dot{\mathrm{A}} \text { and } \dot{\mathrm{B}}\) (each containing odd electrons), may be shown as follows

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Homolytic

This type of bond fission requires less energy than heterolytic bond fission.

Heterolytic fission or heterolysis:

If a covalent bond undergoes fission in such a way that both the bonding electrons are taken away by one of the bonded atoms, it is called heterolytic bond cleavage. This type of bond cleavage results in the formation of a cation having a sextet of electrons and an anion having an octet of electrons in the valence shells ofthe participating atoms

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Heterolytic Clavage

This type of bond cleavage resulting in the formation of charged species is favoured by the conditions such as the polar nature ofthe covalent bond and the presence of polar solvents Due to heterolytic fission of bond, ions involving charge on carbon are usually formed. According to the nature of the charge, these are of two types—carbocations and carbanions

3. Intermediates formed by the fission of bonds

Under the influence of attacking reagents, suitable bonds in most organic compounds undergo homolytic or heterolytic fission to form short-lived and highly reactive (hence cannot be isolated) chemical species called reaction intermediates.

Some common examples of reaction intermediates are :

Carbocations, carbanions, free radicals, carbenes, arynes etc.

1. Carbocations:

Chemical species having a positively charged carbon atom possessing a sextet of electrons are called carbocations.

Carbocations Formation:

Carbocations are formed by heterolytic fission in which the leaving group is removed along with its shared pair ofelectrons. These are represented by R

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocation

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Carbocation.

Carbocations Nomenclature:

In naming a carbocation, the word ‘cation’ is fission added to the name of the alkyl or aryl group.

For example: +CH3, CH3+CH2, C6H5+CH2 etc. are named methyl cation, ethyl cation, and benomyl cation respectively

Carbocations Classification:

Carbocations are classified as primary (1°), secondary (2°) and tertiary (3°) according to the positive charge is present on a primary, secondary and tertiary carbon atom respectively

Examples: Ethyl cation (CH3+CH2) is a primary, isopropyl cation [(CH3)2+CH] is a secondary and terf-butyl cation [(CH3)3+C] is a tertiary carbocation

Carbocations Structure:

The positively charged C-atom of a carbocation is sp² hybridised. Therefore the structure of a carbocation is trigonal planar and the bond angle is 120°. The vacant p-orbital is perpendicular to the plane

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Trigonal Planer

Carbocations Stability:

The stability of carbocations follows the order 3°>2°>1°> methyl. This stability order can be explained based on inductive effect, hyperconjugation and resonance.

Inductive effect: When an alkyl group having +1 effect (electron releasing inductive effect) is attached to a positively charged carbon atom, it reduces the positive charge on the central carbon and by doing this, the alkyl group itself becomes positively polarised, i.e., the positive charge on the central carbon atom is dispersed or delocalised.

As a result of this charge delocalisation, the carbocation is stabilised. Thus, the more the number of the alkyl groups attached to the central positively charged carbon atom greater the stability of the carbocation.

Therefore, the stability of the carbocations +CH3 ,CH3+CH2 , (CH3)2+CH and (CH3)3+C follows the order:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stability

Hyperconjugation:

The effect of hyperconjugation which depends on the number of a —H atoms also leads to the same order of stability

Resonance:

Carbocations in which a positively charged C-atom is attached to a double bond are stabilised by charge delocalisation involving resonance. Stability due to resonance is greater than that contributed by +1 effect. For example, allyl and benzyl cations are stabilised by resonance.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Benzyl Cation

It is to be rememberedResonance structure electron-releasingof benzyl cation groups, by J H their +1 or +R effect stabilise a carbocation (by dispersing the positive charge) while electron attracting groups by their -I or -R effect destabilise a carbocation (by intensifying the positive charge)

Reactivity:

Carbocations are chemically very reactive species because the positively charged carbons present in them have 6 electrons in their valence shell and hence they have strong tendency to complete their octets. The order of their reactivity is opposite to that of their stability and hence, the order of their reactivity is: methyl cation > primary (1°) > secondary (2°) > tertiary (3°). Carbocations behave as electrophiles.

2. Carbanions:

Chemical species carrying a negative charge on carbon atom possessing eight electrons in its valence shell are called carbanions.

Carbanions Formation:

Carbanions are produced by heterolytic cleavage of covalent bonds in which the bonding electron pair remains with the carbon atom. Carbanions are represented by the symbol, Re

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Formation Carbanion

Carbanions Classification:

Like carbocations, carbanions are also classified as primary (1°), secondary (2°) and tertiary

(3°) according as the negative charge is present on a primary, secondary and tertiary carbon atom respectively.

Examples:

Ethyl anion (CH3CH2) is a primary, isopropyl anion [(CH3)2CH] is a secondary, and terf-butyl anion [(CH3)3C] is a tertiary carbanion.

Carbanions Structure:

In alkyl carbanions, the negatively charged carbon atom is sp³ -sp³-hybridised.

Thus, the negative carbon contains 4 pairs of electrons one of which exists as a lone pair. The structure of simple carbanions is usually pyramidal just like that of ammonia. However, the central carbon in resonance stabilised carbanions are sp² – hybridised and therefore, their structures are planar. For example, the structure of allyl anion is planar

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Allyl Anion

Carbanions Stability:

The stability of the carbanions follows the order:  CH3 > primary (1° ) > secondary ( 2° ) > tertiary (3° ). This order of stability can be explained based on the following factors.

1. Inductive effect:

When an alkyl group having a +1 effect (electron-releasing inductive effect) is attached to a negatively charged carbon atom, it tends to release electrons towards that carbon.

As a result, the intensity of the negative charge on that carbon is increased and so, the carbanion gets destabilised. Evidently, the greater the number of alkyl groups on the carbon carrying the negative charge, the greater the intensity of the negative charge on the carbon atom and hence the carbanion will be less stable.

Hence, the stability of the carbanions \(\stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3, \mathrm{CH}_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2,\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_2 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}\) and \(\left(\mathrm{CH}_3\right)_3 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}}\) follows the order as given below:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stability Carbanion

Electron-attracting groups (Example:  —CN, — NO2, — Br, —Cl, — F etc.) by their -I effect stabilise a carbanion by dispersing the negative charge. Thus, the greater the number of electron-attracting groups, the more will be the stability of the carbanion.

For example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Stability Of Carbanion

2. Resonance:

When the negatively charged carbon of a carbanion remains attached to an unsaturated system or to a benzene ring, tire carbanion gets stabilised by resonance. For example, tire negative charge in each of the acetone anion and benzyl anion is highly delocalised by resonance and consequently, they get stabilised.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Acetonal Anion

Reactivity:

Carbanions are very reactive species because the carbon-bearing negative charge is electron-rich and can easily donate its unshared electron pair to some other group or atom to form a covalent bond.

Hence, carbanions behave as nucleophiles. The order of reactivity of carbanions is reverse ofthe order of stability, i.e., tertiary (3°) > secondary (2°) > primary (1°) >CH3

3. Free radicals

An atom or a group of atoms possessing an odd (unpaired) electron is called a free radical. Homolytic cleavage of a covalent bond leads to the formation of free radicals

Examples:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Free Radicals..

Free radicals containing odd electrons on carbon are collectively called alkyl free radicals or simply alkyl radicals. For example, methyl radical (CH3), ferf-butyl radical (Me3C) etc.

Free radicals Classification:

Alkyl free radicals are classified as primary (1°), secondary’ (2°) and tertiary (3°) depending on the nature carbon atom bearing the unpaired electron.

Examples: CH3CH2 (ethyl radical) is a primary (1°), (CH3)2CH (isopropyl radical) is a secondary (2°) and (CH3)3C (for-butyl radical) is a tertiary (3°) alkyl radical.

Free radicals Structure:

The structure of alkyl free radicals may be planar or pyramidal. The carbon atom of the planar free radical is sp² -hybridized while the carbon atom of a pyramidal free radical is sp³ -hybridised

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Methyl Radical

Free radicals Stability:

The stability of radicals can be explained on the basis ofthe following factors: 

Hyperconjugation:

Discussed earlier

Resonance:

Free radicals in which the carbon carrying the odd electron is attached to a double bond or a benzene ring is stabilized by resonance

Example:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Benzyl Radical

Reactivity:

Free radicals are highly unstable and reactive species because they have a strong tendency to gain an additional electron, i.e., to share with some other atom or group to have a complete octet. The order of reactivity of alkyl radicals is reverse of the order of stability, Le., primary (1°) > secondary (2°) > tertiary (3°).

4. Carbenes

A neutral group of atoms which contains a carbon atom with only 6 electrons in its valence shell, out of which two electrons are unshared, are called carbenes.

For example: Methylene (: CH2), dichlorocarbene (: CCl2 etc. Because of the strong tendency to achieve an octet, carbenes are highly reactive and unstable. They behave as electrophiles.

There are two types of carbenes:

  1. Singlet carbene and
  2. Triplet carbene.

The central carbon atom of singlet carbene and most of the triplet carbene is sp² -sp²-hybridised.

In singlet carbene, the two unshared electrons occupy an sp² -hybrid orbital while in triplet carbene, these occupy one sp² -orbital and one p-orbital respectively.

The triplet carbene however may also assume a linear structure where the central carbon atom is sp -hybridised. The second one is more stable than the first

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Single Methylene

5. Arynos:

Benzenoid aromatic compounds having a carbon-carbon triple bond are known as arynes. The most simple among the arynes is benzyne or 1,2-dehydrobenzene.

Arynes are neutral, unstable and highly reactive intermediates. In an aryne molecule, the two sp² -hybrid orbitals, because of their diverging orientation, overlap to a very small extent to form the additional bond and for this weak overlapping, arynes are highly reactive.

It is to be noted that the triple bond in benzyne is not like the triple bond in acetylene because in acetylene two sp -orbitals overlap to form a cr -bond and two pairs of p -orbitals overlap to form two n -bonds

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Arynes

Various reactive intermediates at a glance:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Various Reactive Intermediates

Stability Order:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Stability Of Carbocation

Organic Chemistry Techniques for Class 11 Chemistry

Classification Organic Reactionsof The Mechanisms Of

Based on carbon-carbon bond cleavage, mechanisms of organic reactions are divided into two classes—

  1. The free radical mechanism,
  2. Polar or ionic mechanism.

1. Free radical mechanism:

When a chemical reaction occurs through the formation of free radicals, then the mechanism is called the free radical mechanism. This type of mechanism, therefore, applies to heat or light-induced organic reactions in which homolytic bond fission takes place. Many substitution and addition reactions occur by this mechanism.

2. Polar or Ionic mechanism:

When a chemical reaction occurs through the formation of ions, then the mechanism is called a polar or ionic mechanism. This type of mechanism, therefore, applies to organic reactions in which heterolytic bond fission takes place. Many substitution and addition reactions occur also by this mechanism.

In reactions involving polar mechanisms, the reagents generally participate as ions. Depending on the nature of the charge on reagents, they can be divided into two classes—

Electrophiles or electrophilic reagents:

An electrophile or electrophilic reagent {Greek: electron loving) is an electron-deficient species that can accept an electron pair from an electron-rich species (molecule or anion) to form a covalent bond with it

Positively charged electrophiles:

H+,HO+, Cl,+NO,+NO, ->C+(Carbocation) etc.,

Neutralelectrophilles:

BF3,AlCl3,SbCl5,FeCl3, SO3,:CCl2 etc.

Electrophiles are Lewisacidsastheycan accept electron-pair

Nucleophiles or nucleophilic reagents:

A nucleophile or nucleophilic reagent (Greek: nucleus loving) is an electron-rich species that can donate an electron-pair to an electron-deficient species (molecule or cation) to form a covalent bond with it. Nucleophiles tend to attack electrophiles

Negatively charged electrophiles:

Cl, Br, OH, RO, RS, CN, CH3C≡Cetc.

Neutral nucleophiles:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Neutral Nucleophiles

Since the nucleophiles are electron-donors, they are considered as Lewis bases

Negatively charged nucleophiles:

Cl-,Br-, OH-, RO-, RS-, CN~, CH3C = C- etc.

O Neutral nucleophiles:

H20, ROH, NHg, RNH2, RgN etc.

Since the nucleophiles are electron-donors, they are considered as Lewis bases

Classification Of Organic Reactions

Since the number of organic compounds is quite large, the number of their chemical reactions is also expected to be numerous.

All organic reactions in general can be classified into the following four types:

  1. Substitution reactions
  2. Addition reactions
  3. Elimination reactions and
  4. Rearrangement reactions.

1. Substitution reactions

Substitution reactions Definition:

Reactions involving the replacement or substitution of an atom or group in organic molecules by some other atom or group without any change in the remaining part of the molecules are called substitution reactions

The products formed as a result of substitutions are called substitution products.

Depending upon the nature of the attacking species (nucleophile, electrophile or free radical),

The substitution reactions may further be classified into the following 3 types:

1. Nucleophilic substitution reactions:

Substitution reactions involving nucleophiles as the attacking agents are called nucleophilic substitution reactions.

  • These reactions are usually designated as SN {Substitution Nucleophilic) reactions.
  • Again, depending upon the number of species (molecule, ion or free radical) participating in the rate-determining step (r.d.s.) of the reaction, the SN reactions are further classified as SN1 and SN2 reactions.
  • The number of particles taking part in the rate-determining step is called the molecularity of the reaction.
  • If the molecularity of a reaction is 1, i.e., if the reaction is unimolecular, then the mechanism of the reaction is said to be SN1 {Substitution Nucleophilic Unimolecular) and if the molecularity is 2 i.e., if the reaction is bimolecular, then the mechanism of the reaction is called SN2 {Substitution Nucleophilic Bimolecular).

SN1 Reaction

The reactions which proceed through SN1 mechanism are called SN1 reactions. These are two-step processes. In the first step of such a reaction, the atom or group that is to be replaced (the leaving group) is removed to form a stable carbocation. This is the rate-determining step (i.e., the slowest step) of the reaction in which only one particle (the substrate) participates. In the second step, the nucleophile gets covalently attached to the carbocation to form the substituted compound. The rate of an SN1 reaction depends only on the concentration of the substrate

Example: The hydrolysis of tert-butyl bromide by aqueous KOH solution to form tert-butyl alcohol proceeds via KOH solution to form tert-butyl alcohol proceeds via

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tert Butyl Bromide

Reaction mechanism:

In the first step of the reaction, the C—Br bond of ferf-butyl bromide undergoes fission to form tert butyl cation (a stable carbocation) and bromide ion (the leaving group). This is the slowest or rate-determining step. The rate of the reaction depends on the concentration of the substrate, (CH3)3CBr. In the second step [fast), the nucleophile (here OH-) attacks the carbocation to form ferf-butyl alcohol.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Tert Butyl Alcohol

The reactions which proceed through SN2 mechanism are called SN2 reactions. In this type of reaction, the removal of the leaving group (bond breaking) and attachment of the nucleophile with the substrate (bond formation) take place simultaneously, i.e., the reaction occurs in one step. Therefore, it is the rate-determining step of the reaction.

The rate ofan SN2 reaction depends on the molar concentration of both the substrate and the nucleophile.

Example: Hydrolysis of CH3Cl by aqueous KOH solution to produce CH3OH proceeds via SN2 mechanism

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Methyl Alcohlol

Reaction mechanism: Because of the much higher electronegativity of Cl compared to C, the C-atom of CH3CI becomes The rate of an SN1 reaction depends only on the electrophilic centre. The nucleophile, OH” attacks the C atom of CH3Cl from the opposite side of the Cl -atom i.e., at an angular distance of 180°).

Such an approach of the nucleophile requires the lowest energy as this avoids electrostatic repulsions between the negatively charged nucleophile and the leaving group. A backside attack is also more feasible sterically. In this one-step reaction, the formation of C— O and cleavage of the C —Cl bond take place simultaneously. The reaction, thus, proceeds

through a single transition state in which the carbon is partially bonded to both —OH group and Cl-atom and full-bonded to the three H-atoms. In the transition state, the —OH group possesses a diminished negative charge as it starts sharing its electrons with carbon while chlorine acquires a partial negative charge as it tends to depart with the bonding electron pair.

The C-atoms and the three Hatoms become coplanar (bond angle 120° ) and the plane is perpendicular to the line containing the grouping HOδ- ——C -—Clδ- . Once the transition state is formed, HO5– further approaches the C-atom to form a frill covalent bond while the Cl5– atom is eliminated as Clby taking full possession of the electron pair of C—Cl bond.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Electron Pair

Comparison of SN1 And SN2 mechanism 

Alkyl halides may undergo hydrolysis by both SN1 and SN2 mechanisms. SN1 and SN2 mechanisms of hydrolysis of RX may be compared concerning the following factors:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques RX May Be Factors

The terms “transition state” and “intermediate” are not synonymous. Although intermediates are (For example:  Carbocations, carbanions, free radicals etc.), very unstable they have real existence, but the transition states represent hypothetical arrangements of atoms possessing a definite shape and charge distribution. These have no real existence. Each step of every reaction proceeds through a transition state but each reaction may or may not proceed through an intermediate.

For example: 

There is no intermediate involved in a one-step reaction such as SN2 but the two-step reaction SN1 proceeds through the formation of an intermediate

Electrophilic substitution reactions:

The substitution reaction in which the attacking reagent is an electrophile is called an electrophilic substitution reaction. These reactions are expressed by the symbol, SE (Substitution Electrophilic)

Example:

Nitration of benzene with mixed acid (concentrated HNO3 and concentrated H2SO4) yields nitrobenzene. It is an electrophilic substitution reaction. Nitronium ion (NO2) produced by the reaction between HNO3 and H2SO4, acts as an electrophile in this reaction.

⇒ \(\mathrm{HNO}_3+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightleftharpoons \stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{N}} \mathrm{O}_2+\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{H}_3} \mathrm{O}+2 \mathrm{HSO}_4^{\ominus}\)

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrobenzene.

Reaction mechanism :

The reaction occurs in two steps. In the first step, the NO2 ion is attacked by the n-electrons of a benzene ring and gets attached to any of the six carbon atoms to form a resonance-stabilised carbocation (complex). This is the rate-determining (slow) step of the reaction. In this step, benzene loses its aromaticity. In the second step, the HSO4 ion accepts a proton (H+) from the tr -complex and results in the formation ofthe stable aromatic compound i.e., nitrobenzene. In this step, the aromaticity of the ring is regained.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nitrobenzene

Free radical substitution reaction:

The substitution reactions in which the attacking reagent is a free radical are called free radical substitution reactions.

Example:

Chlorination of methane in the presence of heat or diffused sunlight to give methyl chloride and hydrogen chloride occurs by a free radical mechanism

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Free Radical

Reaction Mechanism:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Reaction Proceeds Following Steps

Addition reactions

Reactions Definition: 

Reactions In which two reacting molecules combine to give a single product molecule arc called addition reactions.

This type of reaction is typical for compounds containing multiple (double or triple) bonds. Depending upon the nature of the attacking species (electrophiles, nucleophiles or free radicals), addition reactions may be classified into the following three types

1. Nucleophilic addition reactions:

Addition reactions In which the attacking reagent Is u nucleophile arc are called nucleophilic addition reactions. Example: Base-catalysed addition of HCN to acetaldehyde to form acetaldehyde cyanohydrin is an example of a nucleophilic addition reaction

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Nucleophilic Addition Reaction

Reaction mechanism:

In this reaction, NaOII acts as a catalyst. The reaction between HCN and NaOH gives rise to the nucleophile, CN” ion

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique HCN And NaOH

Step 1:

Because of resonance and electromeric effect, the carbonyl carbon atom of acetaldehyde acquires a partial positive charge. The positively polarised carbonyl carbon undergoes nucleophilic attack by CN ion to form an alkoxide ion. This Is the rate-determining (slowest) step.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Acetaldehyde

Step 2:

In this step, the strongly basic alkoxide ion almost Immediately takes up a proton from HCN or from the reaction medium (i.e, H2O ) and finally gets converted to the cyanohydrin compound

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Cynohydrin

2. Electrophilic addition reactions:

Addition reactions in which the attacking reagent is an electrophile are called electrophilic addition reactions.

Example: The addition of HBr to propene to form 2-bromopropane as the major product is an example of this type of reaction.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques HBr To Propane

Reaction mechanism: The reaction proceeds through the following steps:

Step 1:

Hydrogen bromide provides an electrophile H+, which attacks the double bond and becomes attached to C-l of propene to form preferably the relatively stable secondary (2°) isopropyl cation. It is the rate-determining (slowest) step of the reaction

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Isopropyl Cation

Step 2: The carbocation is attacked by the nucleophile Br© ion to form 2-bromopropane predominantly

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Predominantly

3. Free radical addition reactions:

Addition reactions in which the attacking reagent is a free radical are called free radical addition reactions.

Example:

The addition of HBr to propene in the presence of peroxides to form 1-bromopropane as the major product is an example of a free radical addition reaction

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Free Radical

Reaction mechanism:

The reaction follows the given steps:

1. Initiation:

The organic peroxide undergoes homolytic fission of the O —  bond in the presence of heat or light to form alkoxy free radicals. These free radicals then take up H from HBr to Br

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Alkoxy

2. Propagation:

Bromine free radical gets attached to C-l of propene to form a relatively more stable secondary (2°) free radical. This alkyl radical then takes up H from HBr to from 1-bromopropane predominantly.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Propagation

3. Termination:

Two bromine free radicals combine to form bromine molecule.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Termination

Elimination reactions

Elimination reactions Definition:

The reactions in which two atoms or groups get eliminated from the substrate molecule leading to the formation of a carbene, a multiple bond (double or triple) or a cyclopropane derivative are called elimination reactions

Depending upon the relative positions of the groups or HBr atoms eliminated, these reactions are classified as α (alpha), β(beta) and γ (gamma) elimination reactions.

α  Elimination reactions:

The elimination reactions in which the loss of two atoms or groups occurs from the same atom of the substrate molecule are called α –elimination reactions. Base-catalyzed dehydrochlorination of chloroform to form dichlorocarbene is an example of α – an elimination reaction

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Dichlorocarbene

β -Elimination reactions:

The elimination reactions in which the loss of two atoms or groups occurs from the adjacent positions (α, β) of the substrate molecule to form multiple bonds are called β-elimination or, 1,2-elimination reactions. Based on the mechanism involved, β-elimination reactions are discussed through E2, E1 and E1cB mechanisms

E2 mechanism:

The E2 mechanism is a single-step process.

  • Base (BI:-) pulls a proton away from the β -carbon atom and simultaneously a leaving group (Y) is removed from the β -β-carbon atom resulting in the formation of a carbon-carbon double bond.
  • In the transition state, there are three partial bonds — one between the base and β -H atom, one between β -H atom and β-C atom and one between the a -carbon atom and the leaving group, Y.
  • The carbon-carbon single bond also acquires a partial double bond character.
  • Since the rate-determining step (in this case, it is the only step) involves a reaction between a substrate and a base, the mechanism is designated as E2 (Elimination bimolecular).
  • Rate of the reaction is proportional to the molar concentrations of both the reactant and the base.

Example: When 2-bromopropane is heated with alcoholic KOH, propene is obtained

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques 2 Bromopropane

Reaction mechanism: The mechanism of the reaction is:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques E2 Beta

E1 Mechanism:

Elimination reactions by the El mechanism form to form dichlorocarbene is an example of takes place in two steps.

  • In the first step, the substrate undergoes heterolytic fission of the cr -bond between the a -carbon atom and the leaving group to form a carbocation.
  • This is the rate-determining (slowest) step of the action.
  • Since the rate-determining step (in this case, it is the first step) involves only the substrate, the mechanism is designated as El (Elimination Unimolecular).
  • In the second step, the β-C atom loses a proton to the base to produce an alkene.
  • The rate of the reaction is proportional to the molar concentration of the substrate only

Example: When an alcoholic solution of tert-butyl chloride is heated, 2-methylpropene is formed by El mechanism.

Reaction mechanism:

The reaction proceeds via the following steps:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques E1 Beta

ElcB mechanism:

  • The substrates having acidic β- hydrogen and a very poor leaving group undergo an elimination reaction by the ElcB mechanism.
  • This type of reaction takes place in two steps.
  • In the first step, one acidic hydrogen atom attached to β -the carbon atom of the substrate is abstracted by the base to form a stable carbanion.
  • This carbanion is the conjugate base of the substrate molecule. In the second step, the leaving group becomes detached from the a -carbon atom as an anion to form an alkene.
  • This step is generally the rate-determining (slow) step ofthe reaction. Since the rate of the reaction depends only on the concentration of the conjugate base, so this mechanism is known as ElcB (Elimination Unimolecular Conjugate Base).

Example:

The reaction of sodium ethoxide with 2,2-dichloro-l, 1,1-trifluoroethane gives rise to l,l-dichloro-2,2- difluoroethene. The reaction follows the ElcB mechanism because two electronegative Cl-atoms and electron-withdrawing —CF3 group causes the β —H atom to become sufficiently acidic and the F- ion behaves as a very poor leaving group

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques E1cB Example

Reaction mechanism:

The mechanism is as follows:

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques E1cB Mechanism

γ -Elimination reactions:

The reactions in which the loss of two atoms or groups occurs from α and γ-positions of the molecule leading to the formation of three-membered rings are called γ-elimination reactions.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Gama Elimination

Rearrangement reaction

Rearrangement reaction Definition:

The reaction  involving the shift or migration of an atom or group from a particular position in a molecule or ion to another position under suitable conditions to form a rearranged product is called rearrangement reactions

Atom or group generally shifts with bonding electron pair.

Example: When pinacol is treated with concentrated H2SO4, it undergoes dehydrative rearrangement to give pinacolone.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Techniques Pinacolone

Reaction mechanism:

In the first step, pinacol takes a proton to form its conjugate acid. In the second step, the H2O molecule is eliminated to form a carbocation. In the third step, a methyl group migrates to the adjacent positive C with its bonding electron pair (1, 2-shift) to form a resonance-stabilized carbocation. In the fourth step, the carbocation (the conjugate acid of pinacolone) loses a proton to yield pinacolone.

CBSE Class 11 Chemistry Notes For Chapter 12 Organic Chemistry Basic Principles And Technique Gama Reaction

 

 

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Long Answer Questions

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Long Question And Answers

Question 1. What do you mean by reducing smog and oxidising smog?
Answer:

  • Ordinary smog contains sulphur dioxide (SO2), very fine carbon particles and some other reducing agents.
  • As a result of this ordinary smog exhibits reducing property.
  • So smog of this type is called reducing smog. Photochemical smog by the presence of oxidising substances such as ozone, NO2 peroxyacyl nitrate etc. shows oxidising properties.
  • As a result of this photochemical smog is sometimes called oxidising smog.

Read and learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry

Question 2. What is the Montreal Protocol?
Answer:

  • Nowadays, the depletion of the ozone layer in the stratosphere by various greenhouse gases has been a matter of great concern to the scientists of the whole world.
  • As a result of this, the decision to prohibit the use of the chief greenhouse gas i.e., chlorofluorocarbon (CFC) was adopted in 1993 in a convention of scientists, arranged in Montreal, Canada.
  • This is known as the Montreal Protocol. India also signed this agreement

Environmental Chemistry Class 11 Long Answer Questions

Question 3. What is the Bhopal gas tragedy? Mention the after-effects of the Bhopal gas tragedy.
Answer:

  • Bhopal gas tragedy was a gas leak incident in India. This incident is considered the world’s worst industrial disaster.
  • It occurred at the midnight of 2-3 December 1984 at the Union Carbide India Limited (UCIL) pesticide plant in Bhopal, Madhya Pradesh.
  • Over 5,00,000 people were exposed to the poisonous methyl isocyanate (MIC) gas.
  • Among those people, around 3000 people died from the immediate effect of the gas leakage.
  • The initial effects of exposure were coughing, vomiting, severe eye irritation and suffocation.
  • The people of the affected area, still suffering from the after-effects of the tragedy.

Question 4. In the stratosphere, ozone is useful, but in the troposphere, it is harmful to us— explain.
Answer:

The layer of ozone gas present in the stratosphere which extends from a height of 15 km to 75 km from the sea level of the earth’s surface is known as the ozone layer or ozonosphere.

  • The harmful ultraviolet rays (UV rays) coming from the sun are mostly absorbed in the ozone layer because these rays are utilised in the production and dissociation of ozone gas.
  • The absence of this ozone layer would allow the ultraviolet rays coming from the sun to reach the earth’s surface entirely.
  • This would have heated the earth’s surface and the adjacent air to such an extent that the existence of the living world in land and water would have been jeopardised.
  • But, ozone gas present in the troposphere acts as a greenhouse gas.
  • Ozone gas contributes nearly 7-8% to the creation of the greenhouse effect.
  • Due to greenhouse effects, the surface temperature of the earth will rise and this eventually will melt the polar caps accumulated in polar regions which will cause colossal devastation by tidal waves, cyclones, super cyclones.
  • Thus ozone, in the stratosphere is useful but in the troposphere is harmful.

Question 5. The extensive depletion of the ozone layer occurs from September to October. Explain this phenomenon.
Answer:

In Antarctica, during the months (March to August) just before the advent of spring season (September-October), the temperature drops below -90°C.

  • As a result, the water vapour in the atmosphere condenses to form polar stratospheric clouds.
  • Different oxides of nitrogen which are floating in the atmosphere produce nitric acid (HNO3) in contact with the crystals of ice in the cloud.
  • In this condition, chlorine derived from the chlorofluorocarbon (CFC) compounds does not find any opportunity to become inert by reaction with the oxides of nitrogen because chlorine is not capable of reacting with the nitric acid.
  • As a consequence of this phenomenon, during the few months from March to August (when the sky in Antarctica remains covered with darkness), chlorine keeps on accumulating in the stratosphere.
  • Then, with the arrival of spring, the chlorine present in the atmosphere becomes very reactive in the presence of sunlight and triggers the process of breaking ozone (O3) molecules in the ozone layer.
  • Thus, extensive depletion of the ozone layer takes place from September to October.

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Long Questions & Answers

Question 6. Name the greenhouse gases and mention their sources due to human activities.
Answer:

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Gases And Human Activities

Question 7. What is an atomic power plant? What Is Chernobyl Disaster? What is the cause of this accident?
Answer:

The power plant produces electricity by the nuclear fission reaction of radioactive elements such as uranium. Plutonium etc. is called an atomic power plant.

Chornobyl is a city in Ukraine in the former Soviet Union. On the 26th of April 1986, the accident that occurred with horrifying consequences and destroyed the environment has remained alive in our memory as the Chornobyl disaster.

As a result of this tragic accident, the radioactive emission spread over an area of about 3000 sq km and nearly ten crores of people had to be rehabilitated. Uranium was used as fuel in the plant for the generation of electricity. On the day of the accident, due to the lack of proper safety measures, uranium fuel in the atomic reactor, being exceedingly heated, caused the explosion.

Long Answer Questions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14

Question 8. Carbon monoxide gas is more dangerous than carbon dioxide gas. Why?
Answer: 

The colourless, odourless carbon monoxide gas is severely harmful to human beings and animals. It has a greater affinity towards haemoglobin than that of oxygen. So, it readily displaces oxygen from oxyhaemoglobin (HbO2) to form the more stable compound carboxyhaemoglobin (HbCO) to give a stable compound, carboxy haemoglobin.

HbO2 + CO ⇌  HbCO + O2

In blood, when the concentration of carboxy haemoglobin reaches 3-4%, the oxygen-carrying capacity of the blood is greatly reduced. In other words, the body becomes oxygen-starved. results in headache, nervousness, cardiovascular disorder, weak eye-sight etc., On the other hand, CO2 does not combine with haemoglobin and hence is less harmful as a pollutant. CO2. is mainly responsible for the greenhouse effect and global warming

Question 9. What are the harmful effects of photochemical smog, and how can they be controlled?
Answer:

Photochemical smog can be controlled in the given ways: 

By using efficient catalytic converters in automobiles, will check the release of both NO2 and certain hydrocarbons known as primary precursors.

  • This will automatically check the formation of secondary precursors. Such as Ozone and PAN.
  • By spraying certain compounds into the atmosphere which will control hydrocarbons, NO2, and PAN.
  • Certain plants like pinus, Pyrus, Vitis Quercus etc., are capable of causing the metabolism of the oxides of nitrogen. Hence, their plantation could be helpful.

Question 10. What are herbicides? Explain giving
Answer:

Herbicides:

  • These are the chemicals employed to control weeds. The common herbicides are sodium chlorate (NaClO3) and sodium arsenite (Na3AsO3).
  • These herbicides are no longer preferred because they are toxic towards mammals.
  • At present, organic herbicides like triazines are used as weed controllers and have no adverse effect on human beings.

NCERT Solutions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Long Answer

Question 11. A large number of fish are suddenly found floating dead on a lake. There is no evidence of toxic dumping, but you find an abundance of phytoplankton. Suggest a reason for the fish kill.
Answer:

  • The presence of excess phosphate and nitrate compounds increases the growth of phytoplankton (organic pollutants such as leaves, grass, trash etc.).
  • A large population of bacteria decomposes this organic pollutant.
  • During this process, they consume the dissolved oxygen of water, which is of course very much essential for the life of sea animals, particularly fish.
  • When the level of dissolved oxygen falls below 6 ppm, the fish cannot survive.
  • Hence, a large number of fish are found floating dead on the lake

Question 12. How can domestic waste be used as manure?
Answer:

  • Domestic wastes consist of two types of materials, biodegradable such as leaves, rotten food, vegetable refuse etc., and non-biodegradable portion which consists of plastic, glass, metal scrap etc.
  • The biodegradable waste should be deposited in the landfills.
  • Then this waste gets converted into time.

Long Answer Solutions for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14

Question 13.  For your agricultural field or garden, you have developed a compost-producing pit.  Discuss the process in the light of bad odour, flies and recycling.
Answer:

  • The compost-producing pit should be developed at a suitable place to protect ourselves from bad odour and flies.
  • It should be covered properly to prevent the entry of flies and the emission of foul odour.
  • The waste materials like plastics, glass, newspapers etc must be handed over to the vendors.
  • These are finally sent to the recycling industry without creating a pollution problem.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Very Short Question And Answers

Question 1. What are the chief air pollutants?
Answer: 

SO2, SO3, CO, CO2, NO2, NO, O3, hydrocarbons, fine particles of solid or liquid suspended in air.

Question 2. What are the main pollutants emitted from thermal power plants?
Answer:
CO, CO2, NO, NO2, fly ash, etc.

Question 3. Name the sink of CO.
Answer: A special type of bacteria present in the soil, which converts CO into CO

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Very Short Answer Questions

Question 4.  Name two sinks of CO2
Answer: Seawater (which dissolves CO2) and plants (which use CO2 for photosynthesis).

Question 5. Which aromatic compound is present in the air as particulate?
Answer: Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) like benzopyrene

Question 6. What is PCB?
Answer:  PCB is polychlorinated biphenyl. It is highly toxic

Environmental Chemistry Class 11 Very Short Answer Questions

Question 7. What is the role of particulates in the formation of clouds?
Answer:  Particulates act as nuclei in the formation of clouds.

Question 8.  What 31-6 are the main compounds responsible for causing damage to the ozone layer?
Answer:  Freons and nitric Oxide (NO) are the main compounds fo cause damage to the ozone layer

Question 9. What is the role of the builder in synthetic detergents?
Answer: It removes hardness-producing ions {viz., Ca2+, Mg2+) from water

Question 10. Which of the atmospheric layers contains the maximum ozone gas?
Answer: Stratosphere

Question 11. Mention the range of temperature of the atmosphere.
Answer: From -92°C to +1200°C

Question 12. What is the main source of carbon monoxide in the atmosphere?
Answer: Coal, Petrol, and incomplete combustion of other fossil fuels,

Question 13. Which one is more harmful to the human body— CO or C°2?
Answer: CO

Question 14. What are the main pollutants produced by forest fires?
Answer: CO, CO2, NO, NO2

Question 15. What are the major pollutants emitted by thermal power plants?
Answer: CO, CO2, NO, NO2,flash

Question 16. What are the ads present in acid rain?
Answer:  H2SO4, HNO3 and HC

Question 17. What is the size of the particulates?
Answer: From 0.0002 μ to 500p

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry VSAQs

Question 18. What Is the main chemical responsible for the Bhopal gas tragedy?
Answer: Methyl isocyanate (MIC)

Question 19. By which disease do the workers of asbestos factories suffer?
Answer: Asbestosis

Question 20. Give one example of a fire extinguisher made by Pyrocool technology.
Answer: Pyrocoolfoam

Question 21. Which acid contributes most to the formation of acid rain?
Answer: Sulphuric acid (H2SO4)

Question 22. Mention the H limit of acid rain
Answer: From 5.6 to 3.5

Question 23. Give thefullform of’PAN’.
Answer: Peroxyacyl nitrate

Question 24. Which unit is used to measure the columnar density of O3 gas in Earth’s atmosphere?
Answer: Dobson (Du) unit.

Question 25. Which gas has the maximum contribution to the greenhouse effect?
Answer: Carbon dioxide (CO2)

Question 26. Among the air pollutants gas is responsible for the damage caused to the Taj Mahal
Answer: Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

Question 27. Mention two diseases originating from water pollution
Answer: Cholera, typhoid

Question 28. What is the cause? Bhopal gas tragedy
Answer: Methyl isocyanate gas

Question 29. Name a nitrogen-fixing bacteria
Answer: Rhizobium

Question 30. Name the main air pollutant that is present in automobile exhausts.
Answer: Carbon monoxide (CO)

Very Short Answer Questions Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The total mass of gaseous substances in the atmosphere is nearly ____________________
Answer: 5.5 × 1015 ton

Question 2. The amount of CO2 in the atmosphere is approximately more harmful ___________________
Answer: 2. 0.031%

Question 3. CO2, when mixed with blood, forms ___________________
Answer: Carb oxyhemoglobin,

Question 4. The word, ‘CFC’ means___________________
Answer: Chlorofluorocarbon

Question 5. The word, ‘PAN’ stands for___________________
Answer: Peroxyacyl nitrate

Question 6. The formation of ozone hole increases the tendency of human beings to be attacked by ___________________
Answer: Cancer

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Environmental Chemistry VSAQs

Question 7. One remarkable phenomenon happened in the troposphere is___________________
Answer: Green House effect

Question 8. Between NO2 and NO__________________
Answer: NO2

Question 9. The word, ‘PAH’ denotes __________________
Answer: Polyaromatic hydrocarbon

Question 10. The lung disease caused by silica is __________________
Answer: Silicosis

Environmental Chemistry NCERT Very Short Answer Questions Class 11

Question 11. Among the following gases _____________ is a greenhouse gas (NO2, N2O, SO2 , NO)
Answer: NO

Question 12. The causes of Minamata is____________ containing effluent.
Answer: Mercury

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The ozone layer forms naturally by

  1. The interaction of CFC with oxygen
  2. The interaction of UV radiation with oxygen
  3. The interaction of IR radiation with oxygen
  4. The interaction of oxygen and water vapour

Answer: 2. The interaction of UV radiation with oxygen

The ozone layer forms naturally by the interaction of UV radiation with oxygen

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry UV Radiation With Oxygen

Question 2. Among the following, the one which is not a “greenhouse gas” is

  1. N2O
  2. CO
  3. CH 4
  4. O

Answer: 4. O

O2 is not a gas responsible for the rise in temperature of the earth. So, O2 is not a ‘greenhouse gas.

Question 3. Metal ion responsible for the Minamata disease is

  1. CO
  2. Hg2+
  3. Cu
  4. Zn2+

Answer: 2. Hg2+

Hg2+ ion is responsible for the Minamata disease.

Question 4. What is DDT among the following

  1. A fertilizer
  2. Biodegradable pollutant
  3. Non-biodegradable pollutant
  4. Greenhouse gas

Answer: 3.  Non-biodegradable pollutant

DDT is a non-biodegradable pollutant

Environmental Chemistry Class 11 Multiple Choice Questions

Question 5. The gas leaked from a storage tank of the Union Carbide plant in Bhopal gas tragedy was O2

  1. Phosgene
  2. Methylisocyanate
  3. Methylamine
  4. Ammonia

Answer: 2. Methylisocyanate

Methylisocyanate gas was leaked from a storage tank of the Union Carbide plant in the Bhopal gas tragedy.

Question 6. The concentration of fluoride, lead, nitrate and iron in a water sample from an underground lake was found to be 1000 ppb, 40 ppb, 100 ppm and 0.2 ppm respectively. The water is unsuitable for drinking due to its high concentration.

  1. Fluoride
  2. Lead
  3. Nitrate
  4. Iron

Answer: 3. Nitrate

In the sample of water, the concentration of fluoride, lead and iron are in permissible limit but the concentration of nitrate ion is much higher than its permissible limit. Thus the water is not suitable for drinking.

Question 7. A water sample has ppm level concentration of the following anions, F = 10, SO42-= 10, NO3 = 50. The anion/ anions that make/makes the water sample unsuitable for drinking is/are—

  1. Only F
  2. Only SO42-
  3. Only NO3
  4. Both SO42- And NO3

Answer: 1. Only F

In drinking water, if the concentration of SO42- is more than 500 ppm, it shows a laxative effect and it is not suitable for drinking. If the concentration of SO42-  is less than 500 ppm, it is consumable.

In drinking water, if the concentration of NO ion is more than 50 ppm it causes methemoglobinemia disease. This is not suitable for drinking. If the concentration of F“ ion in drinking water is more than 1 ppm it damages teeth and bones. Thus it is not suitable for drinking.

Question 8. The recommended concentration of fluoride ion in drinking water is upto 1 ppm as fluoride ion is required to make teeth enamel harder

  1. [3Ca3(PO4)2 Ca(OH)2]
  2. [3Ca3(PO4)2 .CaF2]
  3. [3{Ca(OH)2} . CaF2]
  4. [3(CaF2) . Ca(OH)2]

Answer: 1. [3Ca3(PO4)2 Ca(OH)2]

Generally, tooth enamel is hydroxyapatite [3Ca3(PO4)2 Ca(OH)2].  Fluoride ion (F) reacts with hydroxyapatite to form a more rigid solid compound fluorapatite.

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Rigid Solid Compound Fluorapatite

Question 9. Which one of the following statements is not true 

  1. Oxides of sulphur, nitrogen and carbon are the most widespread air pollutants
  2. PH of drinking water should be between 5.5-9.5
  3. A concentration of DO below 6 ppm is good for the growth of fish
  4. Clean water would have a BOD value of less than 5 ppm

Answer: 3.  A concentration of DO below 6 ppm is good for the growth of fish

Fish growth is facilitated if the DO value is less than 6 ppm. A decrease in the Do value means an increase in water pollution

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry MCQs

Question 10. Which one of the following statements regarding photochemical smog is not correct

  1. Photochemical smog is formed through a photochemical reaction involving solar energy
  2. Photochemical smog does not irritate the eyes and throat
  3. Carbon monoxide does not play any role in photochemical smog formation
  4. Photochemical smog is an oxidising agent in character

Answer: 2. Photochemical smog does not irritate eyes and throat

Question 11. Which one of the following is not a common component of photochemical smog

  1. Ozone
  2. Acrolein
  3. Peroxyacetyl nitrate
  4. Chlorofluorocarbons

Answer: 4. Chlorofluorocarbons

Question 12. Which of the following is a sink for CO

  1. Microorganisms present in the soil
  2. Oceans
  3. Plants
  4. Haemoglobin

Answer: 1.  Microorganisms present in the soil

Question 13. Which oxide of nitrogen is not a common pollutant introduced into the atmosphere both due to natural and human activity

  1. NO
  2. N2O5
  3. N2O
  4. NO2

Answer: 2.  N2O5

Question 14. Living in the atmosphere of CO is dangerous because it

  1. Combines with O2 present inside to form CO2
  2. Reduces organic matter of tissues
  3. Combines with haemoglobin and makes it incapable of absorbing oxygen
  4. Dries up the blood

Answer: 3. Combines with haemoglobin and makes it incapable of absorbing oxygen

NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Environmental Chemistry MCQs

Question 15. Which of the following is not a greenhouse gas

  1. Hydrogen
  2. Carbon dioxide
  3. Methane
  4. Nitrous oxide or NO2

Answer: 1.  Hydrogen

Carbon dioxide, methane, water vapour, nitrous oxide, CFCs and ozone are greenhouse gases.

Question 16. Which of the following has the highest concentration of PAN

  1. Smoke
  2. Ozone
  3. Photochemical smog
  4. Reducing smog

Answer: 3.  Photochemical smog

The main component of photochemical smog is peroxyacetyl nitrate, (PAN). The other components are ozone, nitric oxide, acrolein and formaldehyde.

Question 17. Which of the following is not a greenhouse gas?

  1. Carbon dioxide
  2. Water vapours
  3. Methane
  4. Oxygen

Answer: 4.  Oxygen

Carbon dioxide, water vapours and methane are greenhouse gases

Question 18. Which air pollutants do not evolve from motor vehicles

  1. Formaldehyde
  2. Carbon dioxide
  3. Fly ash
  4. Sulphur dioxide

Answer: 3. fly ash

Question 19. The top layer of the atmosphere is

  1. Stratosphere
  2. Troposphere
  3. Exosphere
  4. Ionosphere

Answer: 3. Exosphere

Question 20. Which of the following is not an air pollutant

  1. NO
  2. CO
  3. O3
  4. CxHy

Answer: 2. CO

Multiple Choice Questions for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14

Question 21. Which of the following has the highest affinity towards haemoglobin 

  1. CO
  2. NO
  3. O2
  4. CO2

Answer: 1. CO

Question 22. Which gas is not present in the ozone layer

  1. O2
  2. O3
  3. N2
  4. CO

Answer: 4. CO

Question 23. Fluoride pollution mainly affects

  1. Teeth
  2. Brain
  3. Kidney
  4. Heart

Answer: 1.  Teeth

Question 24. Which metal is mainly responsible for the decline of the Roman Empire

  1. Copper
  2. Lead
  3. Arsenic
  4. Zinc

Answer: 2.  Lead

Question 25. Which of the given pollutants does not affect the lungs

  1. CO
  2. SO2
  3. CO
  4. NO

Answer: 3. CO

Question 26. Which of the following statements is not true

  1. Ozone gas has no role in the greenhouse effect
  2. Ozone gas oxidises sulphur dioxide of the atmosphere to sulphur trioxide
  3. Gradual thinning of the ozone layer leads to the formation of an ozone hole
  4. Oxygen molecule in the stratosphere forms ozone molecules in the presence of ultraviolet radiation

Answer: 1.  Ozone gas has no role in the greenhouse effect

Question 27. Although nitrogen and oxygen are the major constituents of air, they do not react with each other to produce oxides of nitrogen because

  1. As the reaction is exothermic, a high temperature is required
  2. A catalyst is required for the initiation of the reaction
  3. Oxides of nitrogen are unstable
  4. Nitrogen and oxygen do not take part in the reaction

Answer: 1. As the reaction is exothermic, a high temperature is required

NCERT Solutions for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Multiple Choice

Question 28. Which of the following is a secondary air pollutant

  1. CO
  2. CH
  3. PAN
  4. NO

Answer: 3. PAN

Question 29. Which of the given fuels used in motor vehicles is not environment friendly

  1. Dye
  2. Petrol
  3. LPG
  4. CNG

Answer: 4. LPG

Question 30. A major source of methane in India

  1. Fruit garden
  2. Sugarcane field
  3. Paddy fields
  4. Wheat fields

Answer: 3.  Paddy fields

Question 31. Cause of stenosis diseases

  1. Fly ash
  2. Cement particles
  3. Cotton fibre
  4. Lead particles

Answer: 3.  Cotton fibre

Question 32. The poisonous substance used in the paper is

  1. Cadmium
  2. Lead
  3. Manganese
  4. Mercury

Answer: 2.  Lead

Question 33. Which reaction is carried out in the catalytic converter of motor vehicles to eliminate NOx from smoke

  1. Oxidation
  2. Reduction
  3. Both oxidation-reduction
  4. None

Answer: 2. Reduction

Question 34. Which of the following causes depletion in the ozone layer directly

  1. SO2
  2. CFCs
  3. H2O
  4. NO

Answer: 1. SO2

Question 35. The incomplete combustion of gasoline produces

  1. CO2
  2. CO
  3. SO2
  4. NO2

Answer: 2. CO

Question 36. Value of pH in drinking water—

  1. Between 5.3 to 6.5
  2. <5.5
  3. Between 5.5 to 9.5
  4. 9.5

Answer: 3. Between 5.5 to 9.5

Question 37. The radiation has a specific biological effect but is unable to cause Ionisation Is

  1. UV-radiation
  2. β -ray
  3. X-ray
  4. y-ray

Answer: 1.UV-radiatlon

Environmental Chemistry MCQs Class 11 NCERT Solutions

Question 38. Which of the following compounds increases the BOD value of the water supply

  1. CO2
  2. O
  3. H2O
  4. CHOH

Answer: 4.  CHOH

Question 39. Which is most harmful for a human being

  1. UV- A
  2. UV – BOD
  3. UV – CO2
  4. UV- DDT

Answer: 2. UV – BOD

Question 40. DDT and BHC are

  1. Antibiotic
  2. Chemical fertilizer
  3. Non-biodegradable pollutant
  4. Biodegradable compound

Answer: 3.  Non-biodegradable pollutant

Question 41. Which component of motor vehicle smoke causes nerve and mental diseases

  1. Hg
  2. SO2
  3. Pb
  4. NO

Answer: 3. Pb

Question 42. Which mercury compound is the most toxic

  1. CH3Hg+
  2. HgCl2
  3. Hg2Cl2
  4. Hg metal

Answer: 1. CH3Hg+

Question 43. Example of herbicide

  1. DDT
  2. Triazines
  3. Methylmercury
  4. PCBS

Answer: 2.  Triazines

Question 44. Nitrogen oxide is not a major air pollutant

  1. NO2
  2. N2O
  3. NO
  4. N2O5

Answer: 4. N2O5

Question 45. pH of natural rainwater

  1. 6.5
  2. 3.5
  3. 4.6
  4. 5.6

Answer: 4. 4.6

Question 46. Which water pollutant metal causes sterility disease

  1. Cu
  2. Hg
  3. Cd
  4. Mn

Answer: 4.  Mn

Question 47. The minimum permissible level of sound pollution is

  1. 75 dB
  2. 65 dB
  3. 55 dB
  4. 50 dB

Answer: 1. 75 dB

Question 48. In acid rain which of the following are present

  1. H2CO3
  2. HNO3
  3. CH3COOH
  4. H2SO4

Answer: 1, 2, and 4

MCQs for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry

Question 49. If fertilizer containing phosphate is dissolved in water

  1. The amount of dissolved oxygen decreases
  2. Calcium phosphate precipitates
  3. Growth of fish increases
  4. The growth of aquatic plants increases

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 50. Result of global warming

  1. The temperature of the earth’s surface will increase
  2. Glaciers of the Himalayan region will melt
  3. Demand for biochemical oxygen will increase
  4. Eutrophication

Answer: 1 and 2

Question 51. Which are responsible for photochemical smog

  1. Oxides of nitrogen
  2. Hydrocarbons
  3. Carbon monoxide
  4. Nobel gases

Answer: 1, 2, and 3

Question 52. Which gases absorb IR radiation

  1. O2
  2. NO2
  3. CO
  4. CFC

Answer: 3 and 4

Question 53.  Depletion in the ozone layer is caused by

  1.  So2
  2. Halons
  3. NO
  4. CxHy

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 54. Which of the following states are responsible for environmental pollution

  1. pH value in rainwater is 5.6
  2. Eutrophication
  3. The BOD value in the water sample is 15 ppm
  4. The amount of CO2 in the atmosphere is 0.03%

Answer: 2, and 3

Question 55. Which processes occur in the troposphere

  1. Photosynthesis
  2. Combustion
  3. Greenhouse effect
  4. Acid rain

Answer: 1, 2, 3 and 4

Question 56. Which statements are true

  1. Mainly the effects of HNO3 are more in acid rain
  2. NO is more toxic than NO2
  3. Ozone gas is responsible for the greenhouse effect
  4. IR radiation cannot pass through CO2 gas but gets absorbed by it

Answer: 3 and 4

Question 57. Which radical causes depletion in the Ozone layer

  1. CH3
  2. F
  3. Cl
  4. Br

Answer: 3 and 4

Question 58. Which greenhouse gases are produced in the agriculture field

  1. CH4
  2. NH
  3. Nobel
  4. SO

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 59. Which are the following statements are incorrect

  1. SO2 does not affect the larynx
  2. SO2 is a more harmful pollutant than SO3
  3. In the case of living cells NO2 is more toxic than NO
  4. There is no role of NOx in photochemical smog

Answer: 1, 2 and 4

Question 60. Diseases caused by the harmful effects of SO2 

  1. Digestion problem
  2. Breathing problem
  3. Bronchitis
  4. Asthma

Answer: 2, 3 and 4

Question 61. Which of the following processes are responsible for the formation of CO2 in the atmosphere

  1. Respiration
  2. Combustion of fossil fuel
  3. Decay of animals
  4. Production of cement in factories

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 62. Which of the following react to produce PAN

  1. NO
  2. O2
  3. Hydrocarbon
  4. CO

Answer: 1, 2 and 3

Question 63. Which constituents of phytochemicals responsible for eye irritation

  1. Ozone
  2. PAN
  3. Hydrocarbon
  4. O2

Answer: 1 and 2

Question 64. The main constituents of London smog are

  1. Oxides of sulphur
  2. O2
  3. O3
  4. Oxides of nitrogen

Answer: 1 and 4

Question 65. Which of the following is responsible for the depletion of the ozone layer in the stratosphere

  1. So
  2. CFCl
  3. CF
  4. CF Br

Answer: 2 and 4

Question 66. Which of the following are primary pollutants

  1. PAN
  2. SO
  3. NOz
  4. Me2Hg

Answer: 2 and 3

Question 67. Contribution of CO2 and CH4 in greenhouse effects

  1. The contribution of CO2 is 50%
  2. The contribution of CH4 is 16%
  3. The contribution of CO2 is 19%
  4. The contribution of CH4 is 19%

Answer: 1 and 4

Class 11 Chemistry Environmental Chemistry Multiple Choice Questions & Answers

Question 68. In which region there is a greater possibility of formation of photochemical smog

  1. The region where a large number of automobiles are used
  2. Region where sulphur-containing coal is used
  3. Marshy land region
  4. Orest region

Answer:  1. Region where a large number of automobiles are used

Question 69.  Acid rain is a dilute aqueous solution of which of the following pairs of acids

  1. H2SO4 and HCl
  2. H2CO3 and HCl
  3. H2SO4 and HNO3
  4. H2CO3 and HCl

Answer: 3 . H2SO4 and HNO

Question 70. Which of the following metallic air pollutants is present in the gas emitted by motor vehicles

  1. Iron
  2. Lead
  3. Copper
  4. Mercury

Answer: 2.  Lead

Question 71.  Which of the following is not a Greenhouse gas

  1. CFCs
  2. Ammonia
  3. Carbon dioxide
  4. Methane

Answer: 2. Ammonia

Question 72. Which compound is responsible for hole formation in the stratosphere of the ozone layer

  1. C6F6
  2. C6H4Cl2
  3. CCl2F2
  4. C6H6

Answer: 3. CCl2F2

Question 73. Which of the following gases emitted by motor vehicles is responsible for the formation of photochemical smog

  1. SO2
  2. CO
  3. NO
  4. CO2

Answer: 3. NO

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Short Answer Questions

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Short Questions And Answers

Question 1. How are NO and NO2 produced in the atmosphere?!
Answer:

Due to lightning discharge in the upper atmosphere, nitrogen and oxygen combine to produce nitric oxide. This nitric oxide (NO) reacts with aerial oxygen to give nitrogen dioxide.  (NO2) Because of the bacterial decomposition of ammonium salts in the soil, NO is produced. Besides these, the combustion of fossil fuels also serves as a potential source of NO and NO2.

Read and Learn More NCERT Class 11 Chemistry Short Answer Questions

Question 2. In the presence of carbon monoxide, haemoglobin loses its oxygen-carrying capacity causing oxygen starvation of body cells—explain
Answer:

Carbon monoxide has a strong affinity for haemoglobin This gas combines with haemoglobin to form highly stable carboxy haemoglobin Consequently, the availability of oxygen in the body cells decreases, because haemoglobin fails to carry the oxygen necessary for the life process to continue. So carbon monoxide present in excess may sometimes cause death.

Question 3. Many spray bottles from which a perfume is sprayed contain a very harmful substance. By what name is it commonly known? Why is it harmful?
Answer:

The harmful constituent is chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) or Freons. When they diffuse into the upper atmosphere, they absorb ultraviolet radiation which ruptures carbon-chlorine bonds to give chlorine atoms. The chlorine atoms thus produced cause destruction of the ozone layer which shields the earth from the harmful effects of ultraviolet radiation of the sun. This is the reason why CFCs are very harmful.

Question 4. What is hypothermia?
Answer:

Mineral oil and by-products of oil get dispersed in water for various reasons, thereby contaminating it. When a bird comes in contact with this polluted water, the oil floating on the surface of the water penetrates the feathers and wings of the bird. This in turn annihilates the possibility of the bird’s flight. In addition, the temperature of the bird’s body drops considerably, resulting in its death. This phenomenon is called hypothermia.

Rotation of Rigid Bodies Class 11 Physics Notes

Question 5. What were the components of London Smog? What was its nature?
Answer:

Finely divided particles, water vapour, SOx and quantity of NO It was reducing in nature because the non-metallic oxide SO2 was mainly present in it as a reducing agent

Question 6. It was reducing in nature because the non-metallic oxide, SO2 was mainly present in it as a reducing agent
Answer:

O3, NO2 Peroxyacyl nitrate (PAN), aldehyde, ketone, hydrocarbons and CO. It was oxidising in character, because O3, NO2 peroxyacyl nitrate etc., were present in it as oxidising agents. Peroxyacetyl nitrate etc., were present in it as oxidising agents

Environmental Chemistry Class 11 Short Answer Questions

Question 7. What is the temperature range of the atmosphere? What do you mean by inversion temperature in different regions of the atmosphere?
Answer:

-56°C to 1200°C . When we traverse from one region of the atmosphere to the next adjoining region, the trend of temperature changes successively from higher to lower or vice versa. This is called inversion temperature.

Question 8. What is marine pollution? What is siltation?
Answer:

The pollution of seawater due to the discharge of wastes from different sources into it thereby making it harmful to human health and aquatic life is called marine pollution. Mixing of soil and rock particles into water is called siltation. The soil particles produce turbidity in water thereby hindering the free movement of aquatic organisms.

Question 9. What is the Polar Vortex? What is its effect?
Answer:

A tight whirlpool of wind formed in the stratosphere surrounding Antarctica is called the Polar Vortex. It is so rigid that it cuts off Antarctica from the surrounding ozone-rich air of the non-polar regions. Thus, as long as the polar vortex surrounds Antarctica, the ozone hole remains unfilled.

Question 10. What is an ozone umbrella? Why is it called so?
Answer:

The ozone layer present in the stratosphere is called the ozone umbrella. Like an umbrella, the ozone layer prevents harmful. UV radiation from reaching the earth. Thus, the ozone layer is also called the ozone umbrella.

Question 11. In hospitals, patients with CO poisoning are kept in high-pressure chambers containing oxygen at 2 to 2.5 atm pressure—why?
Answer:

Under high pressure of oxygen, CO of carboxyhaemoglobin (HbCO) is replaced by O2 and thus transport of O2 to different parts of the body starts.

HbCO + O2 ⇌  HbO2+CO

Question 12. What is the role of CO2 in creating the greenhouse effect?
Answer:

A part of the infrared rays of longer wavelength, emitted by the earth’s surface on being heated by the sun rays is absorbed by CO2 gas molecules and the return to the earth’s surface along with the surrounding atmosphere gets heated.

Question 13. What are Polar Stratospheric Clouds (PSCs)?
Answer:

In Antarctica, the climatic conditions are quite different. In winter, there is no sunlight and the temperature is very low. The low temperature causes the formation of special types of clouds over Antarctica which are called Polar Stratospheric Clouds (PSCs).

Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry SAQs

Question 14. In which regions atmosphere, temperature increases with altitude and in which regions it decreases?
Answer:

  • In the stratosphere and thermosphere temperature increases with altitude, while in the troposphere and mesosphere, temperature decreases with altitude.
  • In which season the depletion of the ozone layer in Antarctica takes place and when is it replenished
  • During spring (in September and October) ozone layer depletion occurs in Antarctica, while after spring.

The gaseous and particulate pollutants are:

  1. Gaseous air pollutants: These are mainly oxides of sulphur (SO2, SO3), oxides of nitrogen (NO, NO2) and oxides of carbon (CO, CO2), H2S, hydrocarbons, ozone and other oxidants.
  2. Particulate pollutants: Particles in the form of smog, dust, mist, smoke etc., belong to this category

NCERT Solutions For Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14 Environmental Chemistry Question And Answers

Question 1. What Is fly ash?
Answer:

Fly ash is emitted from thermal power plants due to the combustion of coal. It consists of fine particles of SiO2.

Al2O3, CaO, Fe2O3, NO2, SO2, P2O3

Question 2. What are the sinks for CO2 and CO gases?
Answer:

Sea water (CO2 is soluble here) and some special bacteria (which absorb CO and convert it into CO2

Question 3. Mention three hydrocarbons which function as air pollutants.
Answer:

1,3-butadiene, 1,2-benzopyrene, 1,2-benzanthracene

Question 4. Name three primary and three secondary air pollutants.
Answer:

  1. Primary air pollutants: CO, SO2, NO2;
  2. Secondary air pollutants: O3, PAN, formaldehyde

Question 5. Name some hydrocarbons that are present in the atmosphere as organic particulates.
Answer:

Methane, benzene, benzopyrene

Short Answer Questions for Class 11 Chemistry Chapter 14

Question 6. Name the compounds responsible for ozone hole formation.
Answer:

Chlorofluorocarbons, halons etc

Question 7. Why does the temperature of the stratosphere increase with the increase in height?
Answer:

The ozone layer in the stratosphere absorbs the harmful ultraviolet radiation coming from the sun and converts it into heat. Thus the temperature of this layer increases.

Question 8. What are halons? State their uses
Answer:

Halons arc halocarbons. They used as fire extinguishers

Question 9. Why is the tropospheric ozone harmful?
Answer:

Ozone gas present In the troposphere acts as a greenhouse gas.

Question 10. Mention the season and time of the day when London smog is generally observed.
Answer:

During winter, particularly after evening or early in the morning London smog is generally observed.

Question 11. Mention the season and time of the day when Los Angeles smog is generally observed
Answer:

During the mid-days of the summer season when the sun shines brightly this kind of smog is observed.

Question 12. Which region is most susceptible to the formation of photochemical smog?
Answer:

Photochemical smog is mostly observed in big cities, where there is considerable vehicular traffic on the roads throughout the whole day and night.

NCERT Class 11 Environmental Chemistry Short Answer Solutions

Question 13. Why is photochemical smog called Los Angeles smog?
Answer:

This type of smog was first discovered in the city of Los Angeles in America in the year 1950. So it is called Los Angeles smog.

Question 14. ‘There is “a ‘ tendency of environmental degradation of Tajmahal Explain
Answer:

SO2 released from the industries situated around Tajmahal reacts photochemically with atmospheric O2 and water vapour to form H2SO4. The H2SO4 hence produced reacts with white marble and damages it

Question 15. Give two examples of chlorinated organic pesticides.
Answer:

p, p’ -dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane (DDT) and benzene hexachloride (BHC)

Question 16. What is loam soil?
Answer:

The soil containing almost equal amounts of sand, silt and clay along with humus, 34% of air and 64% of water is called loam soil

Question 17. Give two examples of each insecticide and herbicide
Answer:

Insecticide: DDT, BHC

Herbicide: 2,4-dichloro phenoxy acetic acid, dioxin

Environmental Chemistry NCERT Short Answer Questions Class 11

Question 18.   Write one effect of the depletion of the ozone layer and one measure for the prevention of ozone layer depletion.
Answer:

We have to reduce the use of compounds made by CFCs and halons

Question 19. Explain tropospheric pollution in 100 words.
Answer:

Tropospheric pollution occurs due to the presence of undesirable poisonous gases and solid particles in the air.

Question 20. What is anoxia or asphyxiation?
Answer:

Acute oxygen starvation in the body due to poisoning by carbon monoxide is called anoxia or asphyxiation.

Question 21. What is humification
Answer:

The process of decomposition of organic matter (roots, leaves etc.) in the soil by microorganisms to produce humus is called humification.

Question 22. Why does the population of fish get hindered by clouds? thermally polluted water
Answer:

Thermal pollution increases the temperature which in turn decreases the DO level of the water. Thus, it affects the fish badly and their growth gets retarded

Environmental Chemistry NCERT Short Answer Questions Class 11

Question 23.  Name four natural sources of air pollution.
Answer:

Volcanic eruptions, forest fires, lightning, decomposition of dead plant and animal bodies in marshyland.

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Introduction

  • The counting numbers 1, 2, 3, 4,………… are called natural numbers.
  • The smallest natural number is 1. There is no greatest natural number.
  • If we add 0 to the collection of natural numbers, what we get is called the collection of whole numbers. are called natural numbers. are whole numbers.
  • Every natural number is a whole number but every whole number is not a natural number, e.g., 0 is a whole number but not a natural number.
  • The positive integers are the same as natural numbers.
  • We get negative integers if we put a negative sign before each positive integer. Thus, – 1, – 2, – 3, – 4,
  • The smallest positive integer is 1. The greatest negative integer is -1.
  • The number ‘O’ is neither positive nor negative. It is greater than every negative integer and smaller than every positive integer. It is simply an integer.
  • Thus, 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4, are negative integers.÷
  • Several p/q where p and q are integers and q ≠ 0 is called a rational number.
  • All the above types of numbers are needed to solve various kinds of simple algebraic equations  

Class 8 Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Worksheet with Answers

Read and Learn More NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths

Properties Of Rational Numbers

The list of properties of rational Numbers can be given as follows :

  1. Closure
  2. Commutativity
  3. Associativity
  4. The role of zero
  5. The role of 1
  6. Negative (or additive inverse) of a number
  7. Reciprocal (or multiplicative inverse)
  8. Distributivity of multiplication over addition for rational numbers

Closure

Whole numbers

Question 1. 4 + 7 =________________ Is it a whole number

Solution:

4 + 7=11

Yes, It is a whole number.

Question 2. 3 × 7 = _______________Is it a whole number?

Solution:

3 × 7 = 21

Yes, It is a whole number

Question 3. Check for closure property under all four operations for natural numbers

Solution:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Natural Numbers

Integers

Question 1. Is – 7 + (- 5) an integer?

Solution:

– 7 + (- 5)

– 7 + (- 5) = – 12

Yes,  Which is an integer.

Question 2. Is 8 + 5 an integer?

Solution:

8 + 5

8 + 5 = 13

Yes,  Which is an integer

Question 3. Is 5 – 7 an integer?

Solution:

5 – 7

5 – 7 = -2

Yes, Which is an integer.

Question 4. Is 8 – (- 6) an integer?

Solution:

8 – (- 6)

8 – (- 6) = 8 + 6

= 14,

Yes, Which is an integer.

Question 5. Is – 5 × 8= do integer?

Solution:

– 5 × 8

– 5 × 8= – 40

Yes,  Which is an integer

Rational numbers

Question 1.\(\frac{-3}{8}+\frac{(-4)}{5}\)= ________ Is it a rational number ?

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-3}{8}+\frac{(-4)}{5}\)

=\(\frac{-15+(-32)}{40}\)

= \(\frac{-47}{40}\)

Yes, It is a rational number

Question 2. \(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{4}{5}=\frac{25-32}{40}\) = _________________ it is a ralional number?

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{4}{5}\)

= \(\frac{25-32}{40}\)

= \(\frac{-7}{40}\)

Yes, It is a rational number.

Question 3. \(\frac{-5}{9}+\frac{(-7)}{6}\) _______________ Is it a rational number?

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{3}{7}-\left(\frac{-8}{5}\right)=\frac{3}{7}+\frac{8}{5}\)

= \(\frac{15+56}{35}\)

=\(\frac{71}{35}\) .

Yes, It is a rational number.

Question 4. \(\frac{4}{7}+\frac{6}{11}\) Is it a rational number ?

Solution:

⇒  \(\frac{4}{7}+\frac{6}{11}\)

= \(\frac{44+42}{77}=\frac{86}{77}\)

Yes, It is a rational number

Question 5. \({4}{5} \times \frac{-6}{11}\)___________Is it a rational number?

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{4}{5} \times \frac{-6}{11}\)

= \(\frac{24}{55}\)

Yes, It is a rational number.

Question 6. \(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{5}{3}\)= _______________Is it a rational number?

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{2}{7} \div \frac{5}{3}\)

=\(\frac{2}{7} \times \frac{3}{5}\)

= \(\frac{6}{35}\)

Yes, It is a rational number

Question 7. \(\frac{-3}{8}+\frac{-2}{9}\)= ______________ It is a rational numbers

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-3}{8} \div \frac{-2}{9}\)

= \(\frac{-3}{8} \times \frac{-9}{2}\)

= \(\frac{27}{16}\)

Yes, it is a rational number.

Rational Numbers Class 8 Maths Notes and Q&A

Question 8. Check it for a few more pairs of rational numbers

1. \(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{7}{13}\)

Solution: 

⇒ \(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{7}{13}\)

= \(\frac{39+35}{65}\)

= \(\frac{74}{65}\)

Rational number

2. \(\frac{3}{7}+\frac{(-4)}{9}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{3}{7}+\frac{(-4)}{9}\)

= \(\frac{27+(-28)}{63}\)

Rational number

3. \(\frac{-5}{9}+\frac{(-7)}{6}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-5}{9}+\frac{(-7)}{6}\)

= \(\frac{-10+(-21)}{18}\)

Rational number

Question 9. Try this for some more pairs of rational numbers

1. \(\frac{-3}{8}-\frac{4}{5}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-3}{8}-\frac{4}{5}\)

= \(\frac{-15-32}{40}\)

=\(\frac{-47}{40}\)

Rational number

2. \(\frac{2}{9}-\frac{3}{7}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{2}{9}-\frac{3}{7}\)

= \(\frac{14-27}{63}\)

= –\(\frac{13}{63}\)

Rational number

3. \(\frac{-3}{4} \times \frac{7}{8}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-3}{4} \times \frac{7}{8}\)

= –\(\frac{21}{32}\)

Rational number

4. \(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{3}{7}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{5}{8} \times \frac{3}{7}\)

= \(\frac{15}{56}\)

Rational number

Question 10. Fill in the blanks in the following table

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Fill In The Blanks In The Following Table Numbers

Solution:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Fill In The Blanks In The Following Table Numbers Answer

Commutativity

Whole numbers

Question 1. Recall the commutativity of different operations for whole numbers by filling the following table.

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Recall The Commutativity Of Different Operations

Check whether the commutativity of the. operations hold for natural numbers also.

Solution:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Commutativity Of The Operations Holds Answer

Commutativity of the operations for natural numbers also.

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Commutativity Of The Operations Of Natural Numbers Also

Integers

Question 1.  Fill in the following table and check the commutativity of different operations for integers:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Commutativity Of Different Operations For Integers

Solution:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Commutativity Of Different Operations For Integers Answer

Rational numbers

Question 1. \(\frac{-6}{5}+\left(\frac{-8}{3}\right)\) = \(\ldots \ldots \text { and } \frac{-8}{3}+\left(\frac{-6}{5}\right)=\ldots\) Is \(\frac{-6}{5}+\left(\frac{-8}{3}\right) \)= \(\left(\frac{-8}{3}\right)+\left(\frac{-6}{5}\right) \)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-6}{5}+\left(\frac{-8}{3}\right)\)

= \( \frac{-18+(-40)}{15}=\frac{-58}{15}\)

= \(\frac{-8}{3}+\left(\frac{-6}{5}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-40+(-18)}{15}=\frac{-58}{15}\)

So, \(\frac{-6}{5}+\left(\frac{-8}{3}\right)=\left(\frac{-8}{3}\right)+\left(\frac{-6}{5}\right)\)

Question 2. Is \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{7}=\frac{1}{7}+\left(\frac{-3}{8}\right)\)?

Solution.

⇒ \(\frac{-3}{8}+\frac{1}{7}=\frac{-21+8}{56} \)

= \(\frac{-13}{56}\)

= \(\frac{1}{7}+\left(\frac{-3}{8}\right)=\frac{8+(-21)}{56}\)

= \(\frac{-13}{56}\)

So, \(\frac{-3}{8}+\frac{1}{7}=\frac{1}{7}+\left(\frac{-3}{8}\right)\).

Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 NCERT Workbook Answers

Question 3. Is \(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{5}{4}=\frac{5}{4}-\frac{2}{3}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{5}{4}=\frac{8-15}{12}=\frac{-7}{12} \)

⇒ \(\frac{5}{4}-\frac{2}{3}=\frac{15-8}{12}=\frac{7}{12}\)

⇒  \(\frac{-7}{12} \neq \frac{7}{12} \)

∴ \(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{5}{4} \neq \frac{5}{4}-\frac{2}{3} \)

⇒  \(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{5}=\frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2} \)

⇒  \(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{5}=\frac{5-6}{10}=\frac{-1}{10} \)

⇒  \(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2}=\frac{6-5}{10}=\frac{1}{10} \)

⇒  \(\frac{-1}{10} \neq \frac{1}{10} \)

⇒  \(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{5} \neq \frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4. \(\frac{-8}{9} \times\left(\frac{-4}{7}\right)=\frac{32}{63} \)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-4}{7} \times\left(\frac{-8}{9}\right)=\frac{32}{63}\)

So, \(\frac{-8}{9} \times\left(\frac{-4}{7}\right)=\frac{-4}{7} \times\left(\frac{-8}{9}\right)\)

Question 5. \(\frac{-5}{9} \times \frac{7}{8}\)

Solution:

= \(\frac{7}{8} \times\left(\frac{-5}{9}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-35}{72}\)

Question 6. \(\frac{-6}{11} \times\left(\frac{-3}{5}\right)\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-6}{11} \times\left(\frac{-3}{5}\right)\)

=\(\frac{-3}{5} \times\left(\frac{-6}{11}\right)\)

= \(\frac{18}{55}\)

⇒ \(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{4}{7}=\frac{4}{7} \times \frac{2}{3}=\frac{8}{21}\)

Question 7. Is \(\frac{-5}{4} \div \frac{3}{7}=\frac{3}{7}\div\left(\frac{-5}{4}\right)\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-5}{4} \div \frac{3}{7}=\frac{3}{7} \div\left(\frac{-5}{4}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-35}{12}\)

And \(\frac{3}{7} \div \frac{-5}{4}=\frac{3}{7} \times\left(\frac{-4}{5}\right) \)

=  \(\frac{-12}{35}\)

Since \(\frac{-35}{12} \neq \frac{-12}{35} \)

∴ \(\frac{-5}{4} \div \frac{3}{7} \neq \frac{3}{7} \div\left(\frac{-5}{4}\right)\)

Question 8. Complete the following table:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Fill In The Blanks In The Following Table Numbers

Solution: 

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Fill In The Blanks In The Following Table Numbers

Associativity

Whole numbers

Question 1. Recall the associativity of the four operations for whole numbers through this table

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Four Operation For Whole Number

Fill in this table and. verify the remarks given in the last column. Check for yourself the associativity of different operations for natural numbers
Solution:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Associativity Different Operations For Natural Numbers

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Associativity Different Operations For Natural Numbers.

Integers

Question 1. Is (-2) + [3 + (-4)] = [(-2) + 3] + (-4)?

Solution:

Yes; (-2) + [3 + (-4)]

= [(-2) + 3] + (-4)

= -3.

Addition is associative

Question 2. -Is (-6) +[(-4) +(-5)] = (-6) + (-4)] + (-5)?

Solution:

Yes; (-6) + [(-4) + (-5)]

= [(-6) + (-4)] + (-5)

= -15

Addition is associative

NCERT Solutions for Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers with Explanation

Question 3. Is 5 – (7 – 3) = (5 – 7) – 3?

Solution:

5 – (7 – 3) = 5 – 4

= 1

(5 – 7) – 3 = -2 – 3

= -5

1 ≠ – 5

∴  No; 5 – (7 – 3) ≠ (5 – 7) – 3.

Subtraction is not associative

Question 4. Is 5× [(- 7) × (-8)] = [5× (- 7)] × (- 8) ?

Solution:

Yes; 5 × [(-7) × (-8)]

= [5× (-7)] ×(-8)

= 280.

Multiplication is associative

Question 5. Is (- 4) × [(- 8)×(- 5)]= (-4) x (-8)]× (-5)

Solution:

Yes; (-4) × [(-8) × (-5)]

= [(-4) × (-8)] × (-5)

= -160

Multiplication is associative

Question 6.  Is [(-10) ÷ 2] ÷ (- 5)= (-10) ÷[2 ÷ (-5)]?

Solution:

[(-10) ÷ 2] ÷ (-5)= (-5) ÷ (-5) = 1

(-10) ÷ [2 ÷ (-5)]= (-10) ÷ \(\frac{-2}{5}\)

= (-10) ×\(\frac{-5}{2}\)

= 25

∴ 1 ≠ 25

∴ No; [(-10) ÷ 2] ÷ (-5)≠ (-10) ÷ [2 ÷ (-5)]

The division is not associative

Rational numbers

Question 1. Find \(\frac{-1}{2}+\left[\frac{3}{7}+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)\right]\) and \(\left[\frac{-1}{2}+\frac{3}{7}\right]+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right) \text {. }\) Are the two sums equal?

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-1}{2}+\left[\frac{3}{7}+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)\right]\)

= \(\frac{-1}{2}+\frac{9+(-28)}{21}=\frac{-1}{2}+\left(\frac{-19}{21}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-21+(-38)}{42}=\frac{-59}{42}\)

And \( {\left[\frac{-1}{2}+\frac{3}{7}\right]+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)}\)

= \(\frac{-7+6}{14}+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)=\frac{-1}{14}+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-3+(-56)}{42}=\frac{-59}{42}\)

= \(\frac{-1}{2}+\left[\frac{3}{7}+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)\right] \)

= \(\left[\frac{-1}{2}+\frac{3}{7}\right]+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)\)

= \(\left[\frac{-1}{2}+\frac{3}{7}\right]+\left(\frac{-4}{3}\right)\)

Question 2. \(\frac{-3}{4}+\left[\frac{2}{3}+\left(\frac{-6}{7}\right)\right]\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-3}{4}+\left[\frac{2}{3}+\left(\frac{-6}{7}\right)\right]\)

= \(\frac{-3}{4}+\frac{14+(-18)}{21}=\frac{-3}{4}+\left(\frac{-4}{21}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-63+(-16)}{84}=\frac{-79}{84} \)

= \(\left[\frac{-3}{4}+\frac{2}{3}\right]+\left(\frac{-6}{7}\right) \)

= \(\frac{-9+(8)}{12}+\left(\frac{-6}{7}\right)=\frac{-1}{12}+\left(\frac{-6}{7}\right) \)

= \(\frac{-7+(-72)}{84}=\frac{-79}{84}\)

So, yes \(\frac{-3}{4}+\left[\frac{2}{3}+\left(\frac{-6}{7}\right)\right]\)

= \(\left[\frac{-3}{4}+\frac{2}{3}\right]+\left(\frac{-6}{7}\right) \)

Question 3. \( \frac{-1}{4}+\left[\frac{2}{9}\right.\left.+\left(\frac{-5}{11}\right)\right] \)

Solution:

⇒  \( \frac{-1}{4}+\left[\frac{2}{9}\right.\left.+\left(\frac{-5}{11}\right)\right] \)

= \(\frac{-1}{4}+\left(\frac{22-(45)}{99}\right) \)

= \(\frac{-1}{4}+\left(\frac{-23}{99}\right) \)

⇒ \(\left[\frac{-1}{4}\right.\left.+\frac{2}{9}\right]+\left(\frac{-5}{11}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-99+(-92)}{396}=\frac{-191}{396}\)

= \(\frac{-9+8}{36}+\left(\frac{-5}{11}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-1}{36}+\left(\frac{-5}{11}\right)=\frac{-11+(-180)}{396}\)

= \(\frac{-191}{396} \)

⇒ \(\frac{-1}{4}+\left[\frac{2}{9}+\left(\frac{-5}{11}\right)\right] \)

= \(\left[\frac{-1}{4}+\frac{2}{9}\right]+\left(\frac{-5}{11}\right)\)

Question 4. \(\frac{-2}{3}-\left[\frac{-4}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\right]\) Check for yourself

Solution:

= \(\left[\frac{-2}{3}-\left(\frac{-4}{5}\right)\right]-\frac{1}{2}\)

= \(\frac{-2}{3}-\left[\frac{-4}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\right]\)

= \(\frac{-2}{3}-\left(\frac{-8-5}{10}\right)=\frac{-2}{3}-\left(\frac{-13}{10}\right)\)

= \(\frac{-2}{3}+\frac{13}{10}=\frac{-20+39}{30}=\frac{19}{30}\)

And \({\left[\frac{-2}{3}-\left(\frac{-4}{5}\right)\right]-\frac{1}{2}=\left[\frac{-2}{3}+\frac{4}{5}\right]-\frac{1}{2}} \)

= \(\left[\frac{-10+12}{15}\right]-\frac{1}{2}=\frac{2}{15}-\frac{1}{2} \)

= \(\frac{4-15}{30}=\frac{-11}{30}\)

So, No ; \(\frac{-2}{3}-\left[\frac{-4}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\right]\)≠ \(\frac{-2}{3}\)– (\(\frac{-4}{5}\)) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5. \(\left(\frac{-7}{3} \times \frac{5}{4}\right) \times \frac{2}{9}\)___________

Solution:

⇒\(\left(\frac{-7}{3} \times \frac{5}{4}\right) \times \frac{2}{9}=\frac{-35}{12} \times \frac{2}{9}\)

=\(\frac{-35}{54}\)

So, Yes ;

Question 6. Is \(\frac{2}{3} \times\left(\frac{-6}{7} \times \frac{4}{5}\right)=\left(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{-6}{7}\right) \times \frac{4}{5} \)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{2}{3} \times\left(\frac{-6}{7} \times \frac{4}{5}\right)\)

= \(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{-24}{35}=\frac{-48}{105}\)________ (1)

=  \(\frac{2}{3}\)× \(\frac{-6}{7}\)× \(\frac{4}{5}\)

= \(\frac{-12}{21} \times \frac{4}{5}=\frac{-48}{105}\)________ (2)

So, Yes; A = B

Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Step-by-Step Answers

Question 7. \(\frac{-6}{5} \times\left(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{1}{8}\right)\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-6}{5} \times\left(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{1}{8}\right)=\frac{-6}{5} \times \frac{1}{12}\)

=\(\frac{-1}{10}\)

And  \(\left(\frac{-6}{5} \times \frac{2}{3}\right) \times \frac{1}{8}=\frac{-4}{5} \times \frac{1}{8}=\frac{-1}{10}\)

So, Yes

⇒ \(\frac{-6}{5} \times\left(\frac{2}{3} \times \frac{1}{8}\right)=\left(\frac{-6}{5} \times \frac{2}{3}\right) \times \frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8. \(\frac{2}{7} \times\left(\frac{-5}{9} \times \frac{2}{3}\right) \)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{2}{7} \times\left(\frac{-5}{9} \times \frac{2}{3}\right) \)

=\(\frac{2}{7} \times\left(\frac{-10}{27}\right)=\frac{-20}{189} \)

= \(\left(\frac{2}{7} \times \frac{-5}{9}\right) \times \frac{2}{3}=\frac{-10}{63} \times \frac{2}{3}\)

=\(\frac{-20}{189}\)

So, Yes; A=B

Question 9. \(\frac{1}{2}+\left[\frac{-1}{3}+\frac{2}{5}\right]=\left[\frac{1}{2}+\left(\frac{-1}{3}\right)\right]+\frac{2}{5}\),Is L.H.S. =R.H.S. ? Check for yourself

Solution:

L.H.S.\(\frac{1}{2}+\left(\frac{-1}{3}+\frac{2}{5}\right)\)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \div\left(\frac{-1}{3} \times \frac{5}{2}\right)\)

= \(\frac{2}{5} is \frac{5}{2}\)

= \(\frac{1}{2}+\left(-\frac{5}{6}\right) \)

= \(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{-6}{5}=\frac{-3}{5} \)

R.H.S= \(\left[\frac{1}{2}+\left(\frac{-1}{3}\right)\right]+\frac{2}{5}\)

= \(\left(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{-3}{1}\right) \div \frac{2}{5}=\frac{-3}{2}+\frac{2}{5} \)

= \(\frac{-3}{2} \times \frac{5}{2}=\frac{-15}{4}\)

So, No; L.H.S ≠R. H.S.

Question 10. Complete the following table:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Associative

Solution:

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Associative Answer

Question 11. Do you think the properties commutativity and associativity made the calculations

Solution.

Yes! The properties of commutativity and associativity made the calculations easier

The Rolie Of Zero (0)

Question 1. \(-5+0=\ldots \ldots. \ldots \ldots .=-5\)

Solution:

-5+0=0+(-5)=-5

Question 2.  \(\frac{-2}{7}+\ldots \ldots .=0+\left(\frac{-2}{7}\right)=\frac{-2}{7}\)

⇒ \(\frac{-2}{7}+0=0+\left(\frac{-2}{7}\right)=\frac{-2}{7}\)

Question 3. Do a few more such additions. What do you observe?

Solution:

1. 3 + 0 = 0 + 3 = 3

2. -9 +0 = 0 + (-9) = -9

3.\(\frac{-3}{4}+0=0+\left(\frac{-3}{4}\right)=\frac{-3}{4}\)

We observe that when we add 0 to a whole number, the sum is again that whole number. This happens for integers and rational numbers also.

The Role Of 1

Question 1. \(\frac{-2}{7} \times 1=\ldots \ldots . . \times \ldots . .=\frac{-2}{7}\)

Solution:

– \(\frac{2}{7} \times 1=1 \times \frac{-2}{7}=\frac{-2}{7}\)

Question 2. \(\frac{3}{8} \times \ldots \ldots=1 \times \frac{3}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{3}{8} \times 1=1 \times \frac{3}{8}\)

= \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 3.  What do you find?

Solution:

We find that when we multiply any rational number by 1, we get back the same rational number as the product

Question 4. Check for a few more rational numbers

1. 7 × 1

Solution:

7 × 1 = 7 = 1 × 7

2.\(\frac{-3}{5} \times 1\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{-3}{5} \times 1\)

=\(1 \times \frac{-3}{5}=\frac{-3}{5}\)

3. \(\frac{7}{9} \times 1\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\frac{7}{9} \times 1\)

= \(1 \times \frac{7}{9}=\frac{7}{9}\)

Question 5. Is 1 the multiplicative identity for integers? For whole numbers?

Solution:

Yes, 1 is the multiplicative identity for integers as well as for whole numbers.

Question 6. If a property holds for rational numbers, will it also hold for integers?

  1. For whole numbers?
  2. Which will?
  3. Which will not?

Solution:

1. Except for the following property, the properties of the rational numbers will also hold good for integers :

If a and b are rational numbers, then a÷b is also a rational number if b ≠ 0 but a÷ b is not necessarily an integer where a and b are integers

Example: \(\frac{4}{5}\)is a rational number. Here 4 and 5 are integers, while \(\frac{4}{5}\) is not an integer

2. Except for the following properties, the properties of the rational numbers will also hold good for whole numbers:

If a and b are rational numbers, then, a- b is also a rational number. But if a and b are whole numbers, then A b is not necessarily a whole number

Let 4 and 5 be whole numbers, but 4 – 5 = -1 is not a whole number.

2. If a and b are rational numbers, then, a + b is a rational number if b  but if a and b are whole numbers, then a + b is not necessarily a whole number.

Example: 4 and 5 are whole numbers but \(\frac{4}{5}\) is not a whole number

Rational Numbers Class 8 NCERT Solutions with Practice Questions

Disberstivity Of Multiplication Over Addition For Rational

For all rational numbers a, b, and c,

a(b + c) = ab + ac.

a(b-c) = ab – ac

Question 1. \(\left\{\frac{7}{5} \times\left(\frac{-3}{12}\right)\right\}+\left\{\frac{7}{5} \times \frac{5}{12}\right\}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\left\{\frac{7}{\mathbf{5}} \times\left(\frac{-3}{12}\right)\right\}+\left\{\frac{7}{5} \times \frac{\mathbf{5}}{\mathbf{1 2}}\right\}\)

= \(\frac{7}{5} \times\left\{\left(\frac{-3}{12}\right)+\frac{5}{12}\right\} \)

= \(\frac{7}{5} \times\left\{\frac{(-3)+5}{12}\right\}=\frac{7}{5} \times \frac{2}{12} \)

= \(\frac{7}{5} \times \frac{1}{6}=\frac{7}{30} \)

Question 2. \(\left\{\frac{9}{16} \times \frac{4}{12}\right\}+\left\{\frac{9}{16} \times \frac{-3}{9}\right\}\)

Solution:

⇒ \(\left\{\frac{9}{16} \times \frac{4}{12}\right\}+\left\{\frac{9}{16} \times \frac{-3}{9}\right\} \)

= \(\frac{9}{16} \times\left\{\frac{4}{12}+\left(\frac{-3}{9}\right)\right\}\)

= \(\frac{9}{16} \times\left\{\frac{1}{3}+\left(\frac{-1}{3}\right)\right\} \)

= \(\frac{9}{16} \times\left\{\frac{1-1}{3}\right\}=\frac{9}{16} \times 0=0 .\)

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Exercise 1.1

Question 1.  Name the property under multiplication used in each of the following

1. \( \frac{-4}{5} \times 1=1 \times \frac{-4}{5}=-\frac{4}{5} \)

2. \(\frac{13}{17} \times \frac{-2}{7}=\frac{-2}{7} \times \frac{-13}{17}\)

3. \(\frac{-19}{29} \times \frac{29}{-19}=1\)

Solution:

1.1 is the multiplicative identity

2. Commutativity of multiplication

3. Multiplicative inverse.

Question 2. Tell what property allows you tocompute :\(\frac{1}{3} \times\left(6 \times \frac{4}{3}\right) \text { as }\left(\frac{1}{3} \times 6\right) \times \frac{4}{3} \text {. }\)

Solution:

Associativity of multiplication

Question 3. The product of two rational numbers is always a

Solution:

The product of two rational numbers is always a rational number.

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Which of the following statements is false?

  1. Natural numbers are closed under addition
  2. Whole numbers are closed under the addition
  3. Integers are closed under the addition
  4. Rational numbers are not closed under addition.

Solution: 4. Rational numbers are not closed under addition.

Question 2. Which of the following statements is false?

  1. Natural numbers are closed under subtraction
  2. Whole numbers are not closed under subtraction
  3. Integers are closed under subtraction
  4. Rational numbers are closed under subtraction.

Solution: 1. Natural numbers are closed under subtraction

Question 3. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are closed under multiplication
  2. Whole numbers are not closed under multiplication
  3. Integers are not closed under multiplication
  4. Rational numbers are not closed under multiplication.

Solution: 1. Natural numbers are closed under multiplication

Question 4. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are closed under the division
  2. Whole numbers are not closed under the division
  3. Integers are closed under the division
  4. Rational numbers are closed under division.

Solution: 2.  Whole numbers are not closed under the division

Question 5. Which of the following statements is false?

  1. Natural numbers are commutative for addition
  2. Whole numbers are commutative for addition
  3. Integers are not commutative for addition
  4. Rational numbers are commutative for addition.

Solution: 3. Integers are not commutative for addition

Question 6. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are commutative for subtraction
  2. Whole numbers are commutative for subtraction
  3. Integers are commutative for subtraction
  4. Rational numbers are not commutative for subtraction.

Solution: 4. Rational numbers are not commutative for subtraction.

Question 7. Which of the following statements is false?

  1. Natural numbers are commutative for multiplication
  2. Whole numbers are commutative for multiplication
  3. Integers are not commutative for multiplication
  4. Rational numbers are commutative for multiplication.

Solution: 3. Integers are not commutative for multiplication

Question 8. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are commutative for division
  2. Whole numbers are not commutative for division
  3. Integers are commutative for division
  4. Rational numbers are commutative for division.

Solution: 2. Whole numbers are not commutative for division

Question 9. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are associative for addition
  2. Whole numbers are not associative for addition
  3. Integers are not associative for addition
  4. Rational numbers are not associative for addition.

Solution: 1. Natural numbers are associative for addition

Question 10. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are associative for subtraction
  2. Whole numbers are not associative for subtraction
  3. Integers are associative for subtraction
  4. Rational numbers are associative for subtraction

Solution: 2. Whole numbers are not associative for subtraction

Question 11. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are not associative for multiplication
  2. Whole numbers are not associative for multiplication
  3. Integers are associative for multiplication
  4. Rational numbers are not associative for multiplication.

Solution: 3. Integers are associative for multiplication

Rational Numbers Class 8 NCERT Solutions with Practice Questions

Question 12. Which of the following statements is true?

  1. Natural numbers are associative for division
  2. Whole numbers are associative for division
  3. Integers are associative for division
  4. Rational numbers are not associative for division

Solution: 4. Rational numbers are not associative for division

Question 13. 0 is not

  1. A natural number
  2. A whole number
  3. An integer
  4. A rational number.

Solution: 1. A natural number

Question 14. ½ is

  1. A natural number
  2. A whole number
  3. A n integer
  4. A rational number.

Solution: 4.  A rational number.

Question 15. a + 6 = 6 + a is called

  1. Commutative law of addition
  2. Associative law of addition
  3. Distributive law of addition
  4. None of these.

Solution: 1. Commutative law of addition

Question 16. a × b = b × a is called

  1. Commutative law for addition
  2. Commutative law for multiplication
  3. Associative law for addition
  4. Associative law for multiplication.

Solution: 2. Commutative law for multiplication

Question 17. (a + b) + c = a + (b + c) is called

  1. Commutative law for multiplication
  2. Commutative law for
  3. Addition associative law for addition
  4. Associative law for multiplication.

Solution: 3. Addition associative law for addition

Question 18. a × (b × c) = (a × b) × c is called

  1. Associative law for addition
  2. Associative law for multiplication
  3. Commutative law for addition
  4. Commutative law for multiplication.

Solution: 2. Associative law for multiplication

Question 19. a (6 + c) = ab + ac is called

  1. Commutative law
  2. Associative law
  3. Distributive law
  4. None of these

Solution: 3. Distributive law

Question 20. The additive identity for rational numbers is

  1. 1
  2. -1
  3. 0
  4. None of these.

Solution: 3. 0

Question 21. The multiplicative identity for rational numbers is

  1. -1
  2. 1
  3. 0
  4. None of these

Solution: 2. 1

Question 22. How many rational numbers are there between any two given rational numbers?

  1. Only one
  2. Only two
  3. Countless
  4. Nothing can be said.

Solution: 3. Countless

Question 23. If a and 6 are two continuous rational numbers, then

  1. \(\frac{a+b}{2}<a\)
  2. \(\frac{a+b}{2}<b\)
  3. \(\frac{a+b}{2}=a\)
  4. \(\frac{a+b}{2}>b\)

Solution: 2.  \(\frac{a+b}{2}<b\)

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers True Or False

1. a – 0 and 0 – a represent the same rational number where a ≠ 0. – False

2. 0 is a rational number – True

3. Between any two given rational numbers, there are countless rational numbers – True

NCERT Solutions For Class 8 Maths Chapter 1 Rational Numbers Fill In The Blanks

1. A number of the form p/q, where p and q are integers and q ≠0 is called a → Rational number

2. Write the number 0 reduced by 1 → (-1)

3. Are the two rational numbers p/q and q≠0 equivalent    →Yes

4. In the rational number p/q, why q≠0  → Since division by zero is not defined

5. Which rational number on the number line is equidistant from 0 and -1  → (\(\frac{-1}{2}\)).